2012-07-02 Sergio Durigan Junior <sergiodj@redhat.com>
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gdb / breakpoint.c
1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
2
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4
5 This file is part of GDB.
6
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
11
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
16
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
19
20 #include "defs.h"
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
22 #include <ctype.h>
23 #include "hashtab.h"
24 #include "symtab.h"
25 #include "frame.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
28 #include "gdbtypes.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
30 #include "gdbcore.h"
31 #include "gdbcmd.h"
32 #include "value.h"
33 #include "command.h"
34 #include "inferior.h"
35 #include "gdbthread.h"
36 #include "target.h"
37 #include "language.h"
38 #include "gdb_string.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
41 #include "annotate.h"
42 #include "symfile.h"
43 #include "objfiles.h"
44 #include "source.h"
45 #include "linespec.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
47 #include "gdb.h"
48 #include "ui-out.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
50 #include "gdb_assert.h"
51 #include "block.h"
52 #include "solib.h"
53 #include "solist.h"
54 #include "observer.h"
55 #include "exceptions.h"
56 #include "memattr.h"
57 #include "ada-lang.h"
58 #include "top.h"
59 #include "valprint.h"
60 #include "jit.h"
61 #include "xml-syscall.h"
62 #include "parser-defs.h"
63 #include "gdb_regex.h"
64 #include "probe.h"
65 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
66 #include "continuations.h"
67 #include "stack.h"
68 #include "skip.h"
69 #include "gdb_regex.h"
70 #include "ax-gdb.h"
71 #include "dummy-frame.h"
72
73 /* readline include files */
74 #include "readline/readline.h"
75 #include "readline/history.h"
76
77 /* readline defines this. */
78 #undef savestring
79
80 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
81 #include "python/python.h"
82
83 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
84
85 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
86
87 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
88
89 static void enable_count_command (char *, int);
90
91 static void disable_command (char *, int);
92
93 static void enable_command (char *, int);
94
95 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint *,
96 void *),
97 void *);
98
99 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
100
101 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
102
103 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *);
104
105 static void create_sals_from_address_default (char **,
106 struct linespec_result *,
107 enum bptype, char *,
108 char **);
109
110 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *,
111 struct linespec_result *,
112 struct linespec_sals *,
113 char *, char *, enum bptype,
114 enum bpdisp, int, int,
115 int,
116 const struct breakpoint_ops *,
117 int, int, int, unsigned);
118
119 static void decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint *, char **,
120 struct symtabs_and_lines *);
121
122 static void clear_command (char *, int);
123
124 static void catch_command (char *, int);
125
126 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *);
127
128 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
129
130 static void mention (struct breakpoint *);
131
132 static struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *,
133 enum bptype,
134 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
135 static struct bp_location *add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *,
136 const struct symtab_and_line *);
137
138 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
139 static. */
140 struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
141 struct symtab_and_line,
142 enum bptype,
143 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
144
145 static struct breakpoint *
146 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
147 enum bptype type,
148 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops);
149
150 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR, CORE_ADDR, int, int);
151
152 static CORE_ADDR adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
153 CORE_ADDR bpaddr,
154 enum bptype bptype);
155
156 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *,
157 struct program_space *, CORE_ADDR,
158 struct obj_section *, int);
159
160 static int breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1,
161 CORE_ADDR addr1,
162 struct address_space *aspace2,
163 CORE_ADDR addr2);
164
165 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
166 struct bp_location *loc2);
167
168 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
169 struct address_space *aspace,
170 CORE_ADDR addr);
171
172 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
173
174 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
175
176 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
177 int (*) (const struct breakpoint *));
178
179 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
180
181 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
182
183 static void commands_command (char *, int);
184
185 static void condition_command (char *, int);
186
187 typedef enum
188 {
189 mark_inserted,
190 mark_uninserted
191 }
192 insertion_state_t;
193
194 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
195 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
196
197 static enum print_stop_action print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs);
198
199 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
200
201 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
202
203 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
204
205 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *);
206
207 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
208 enum bptype type,
209 int *other_type_used);
210
211 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
212
213 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
214
215 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *, enum bpdisp,
216 int count);
217
218 static void stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
219
220 static void stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
221
222 static void stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
223
224 static char *ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg);
225
226 static void catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event,
227 char *arg, int tempflag, int from_tty);
228
229 static void tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
230
231 static void detach_single_step_breakpoints (void);
232
233 static int single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *,
234 CORE_ADDR pc);
235
236 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
237 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
238 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **loc);
239
240 static struct bp_location *allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt);
241
242 static void update_global_location_list (int);
243
244 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int);
245
246 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt);
247
248 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
249
250 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b);
251
252 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
253
254 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
255
256 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
257
258 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
259
260 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
261
262 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b);
263
264 static struct bp_location **get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address);
265
266 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
267 otherwise. */
268
269 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b);
270
271 static void init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
272 struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int tempflag,
273 char *cond_string,
274 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops);
275
276 /* The abstract base class all breakpoint_ops structures inherit
277 from. */
278 static struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops;
279
280 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
281 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
282 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
283 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
284
285 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
286 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops;
287
288 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
289 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops;
290
291 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception class type. */
292 static struct breakpoint_ops longjmp_breakpoint_ops;
293
294 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
295 breakpoints. */
296 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
297
298 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
299 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
300
301 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
302 static struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops;
303
304 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
305 breakpoints share a single command list. */
306 struct counted_command_line
307 {
308 /* The reference count. */
309 int refc;
310
311 /* The command list. */
312 struct command_line *commands;
313 };
314
315 struct command_line *
316 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint *b)
317 {
318 return b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
319 }
320
321 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
322 current breakpoint. */
323
324 static int breakpoint_proceeded;
325
326 const char *
327 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp)
328 {
329 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
330 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
331 a breakpoint. */
332 static const char * const bpdisps[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
333
334 return bpdisps[(int) disp];
335 }
336
337 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
338 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
339 if such is available. */
340 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints;
341
342 static void
343 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
344 struct cmd_list_element *c,
345 const char *value)
346 {
347 fprintf_filtered (file,
348 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
349 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
350 value);
351 }
352
353 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
354 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
355 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
356 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
357 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support;
358 static void
359 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
360 struct cmd_list_element *c,
361 const char *value)
362 {
363 fprintf_filtered (file,
364 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
365 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
366 value);
367 }
368
369 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
370 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
371 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
372 use hardware breakpoints. */
373 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints;
374 static void
375 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
376 struct cmd_list_element *c,
377 const char *value)
378 {
379 fprintf_filtered (file,
380 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
381 value);
382 }
383
384 /* If on, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is
385 stopped, and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If off, gdb
386 will insert breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and
387 will remove breakpoints upon stop. If auto, GDB will behave as ON
388 if in non-stop mode, and as OFF if all-stop mode.*/
389
390 static enum auto_boolean always_inserted_mode = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
391
392 static void
393 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
394 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
395 {
396 if (always_inserted_mode == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO)
397 fprintf_filtered (file,
398 _("Always inserted breakpoint "
399 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
400 value,
401 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () ? "on" : "off");
402 else
403 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
404 value);
405 }
406
407 int
408 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void)
409 {
410 return (always_inserted_mode == AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE
411 || (always_inserted_mode == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO && non_stop));
412 }
413
414 static const char condition_evaluation_both[] = "host or target";
415
416 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
417 static const char condition_evaluation_auto[] = "auto";
418 static const char condition_evaluation_host[] = "host";
419 static const char condition_evaluation_target[] = "target";
420 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums[] = {
421 condition_evaluation_auto,
422 condition_evaluation_host,
423 condition_evaluation_target,
424 NULL
425 };
426
427 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
428 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_auto;
429
430 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
431 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
432 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_auto;
433
434 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
435 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
436 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
437 evaluation mode. */
438
439 static const char *
440 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode)
441 {
442 if (mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
443 {
444 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
445 return condition_evaluation_target;
446 else
447 return condition_evaluation_host;
448 }
449 else
450 return mode;
451 }
452
453 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
454
455 static const char *
456 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
457 {
458 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
459 }
460
461 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
462 otherwise. */
463
464 static int
465 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
466 {
467 const char *mode = breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
468
469 return (mode == condition_evaluation_host);
470 }
471
472 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
473
474 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
475 static int executing_breakpoint_commands;
476
477 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
478 static int overlay_events_enabled;
479
480 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
481 int target_exact_watchpoints = 0;
482
483 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
484 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
485 current breakpoint. */
486
487 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
488
489 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
490 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
491 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
492 B = TMP)
493
494 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
495 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
496 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
497
498 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
499 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
500 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
501 BP_TMP++)
502
503 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
504 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
505 to where the loop should start from.
506 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
507 appropriate location to start with. */
508
509 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
510 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
511 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
512 BP_LOCP_START \
513 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count \
514 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
515 BP_LOCP_TMP++)
516
517 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
518
519 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
520 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
521 if (is_tracepoint (B))
522
523 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
524
525 struct breakpoint *breakpoint_chain;
526
527 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
528
529 static struct bp_location **bp_location;
530
531 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
532
533 static unsigned bp_location_count;
534
535 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
536 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
537 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
538 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
539 an address you need to read. */
540
541 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max;
542
543 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
544 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
545 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
546 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
547 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
548
549 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max;
550
551 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
552 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
553 by a target. */
554 VEC(bp_location_p) *moribund_locations = NULL;
555
556 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
557
558 static int breakpoint_count;
559
560 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
561 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
562 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
563 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
564 static int prev_breakpoint_count;
565
566 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
567
568 static int tracepoint_count;
569
570 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_set_cmdlist;
571 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_show_cmdlist;
572 struct cmd_list_element *save_cmdlist;
573
574 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
575 static int
576 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *b)
577 {
578 return (b->enable_state == bp_enabled);
579 }
580
581 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
582
583 static void
584 set_breakpoint_count (int num)
585 {
586 prev_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
587 breakpoint_count = num;
588 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num);
589 }
590
591 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
592 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
593 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
594
595 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
596 breakpoint made. */
597
598 void
599 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
600 {
601 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
602 }
603
604 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
605 breakpoint made. */
606
607 void
608 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
609 {
610 prev_breakpoint_count = rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
611 }
612
613 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
614
615 void
616 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
617 {
618 struct breakpoint *b;
619
620 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
621 b->hit_count = 0;
622 }
623
624 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
625 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
626
627 static struct counted_command_line *
628 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line *commands)
629 {
630 struct counted_command_line *result
631 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct counted_command_line));
632
633 result->refc = 1;
634 result->commands = commands;
635 return result;
636 }
637
638 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
639
640 static void
641 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line *cmd)
642 {
643 if (cmd)
644 ++cmd->refc;
645 }
646
647 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
648 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
649 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
650
651 static void
652 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
653 {
654 if (*cmdp)
655 {
656 if (--(*cmdp)->refc == 0)
657 {
658 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp)->commands);
659 xfree (*cmdp);
660 }
661 *cmdp = NULL;
662 }
663 }
664
665 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
666
667 static void
668 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg)
669 {
670 decref_counted_command_line (arg);
671 }
672
673 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
674 argument. */
675
676 static struct cleanup *
677 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
678 {
679 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line, cmdp);
680 }
681
682 \f
683 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
684 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
685
686 struct breakpoint *
687 get_breakpoint (int num)
688 {
689 struct breakpoint *b;
690
691 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
692 if (b->number == num)
693 return b;
694
695 return NULL;
696 }
697
698 \f
699
700 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
701 evaluating conditions on its side. */
702
703 static void
704 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint *b)
705 {
706 struct bp_location *loc;
707
708 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
709 evaluating conditions and if the user has
710 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
711 side. */
712 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
713 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
714 return;
715
716 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
717 return;
718
719 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
720 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
721 }
722
723 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
724 evaluating conditions on its side. */
725
726 static void
727 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location *loc)
728 {
729 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
730 evaluating conditions and if the user has
731 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
732 side. */
733 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
734 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
735
736 return;
737
738 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner))
739 return;
740
741 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
742 }
743
744 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
745 condition_evaluation_mode. */
746
747 static void
748 set_condition_evaluation_mode (char *args, int from_tty,
749 struct cmd_list_element *c)
750 {
751 const char *old_mode, *new_mode;
752
753 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1 == condition_evaluation_target)
754 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
755 {
756 condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_mode;
757 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
758 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
759 return;
760 }
761
762 new_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1);
763 old_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
764
765 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
766 settings was "auto". */
767 condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_mode_1;
768
769 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
770 if (new_mode != old_mode)
771 {
772 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
773 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
774 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
775
776 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
777 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
778 */
779
780 if (new_mode == condition_evaluation_target)
781 {
782 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
783 target. */
784 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
785 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
786 }
787 else
788 {
789 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
790 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
791 target knows about. */
792 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
793 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->inserted)
794 loc->needs_update = 1;
795 }
796
797 /* Do the update. */
798 update_global_location_list (1);
799 }
800
801 return;
802 }
803
804 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
805 what "auto" is translating to. */
806
807 static void
808 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
809 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
810 {
811 if (condition_evaluation_mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
812 fprintf_filtered (file,
813 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
814 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
815 value,
816 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
817 else
818 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
819 value);
820 }
821
822 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
823 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
824 the more general bp_location_compare function. */
825
826 static int
827 bp_location_compare_addrs (const void *ap, const void *bp)
828 {
829 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap;
830 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp;
831
832 if (a->address == b->address)
833 return 0;
834 else
835 return ((a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address));
836 }
837
838 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
839 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
840 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
841 return NULL. */
842
843 static struct bp_location **
844 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address)
845 {
846 struct bp_location dummy_loc;
847 struct bp_location *dummy_locp = &dummy_loc;
848 struct bp_location **locp_found = NULL;
849
850 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
851 memset (&dummy_loc, 0, sizeof (struct bp_location));
852 dummy_loc.address = address;
853
854 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
855 locp_found = bsearch (&dummy_locp, bp_location, bp_location_count,
856 sizeof (struct bp_location **),
857 bp_location_compare_addrs);
858
859 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
860 if (locp_found == NULL)
861 return NULL;
862
863 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
864 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
865 while ((locp_found - 1) >= bp_location
866 && (*(locp_found - 1))->address == address)
867 locp_found--;
868
869 return locp_found;
870 }
871
872 void
873 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint *b, char *exp,
874 int from_tty)
875 {
876 xfree (b->cond_string);
877 b->cond_string = NULL;
878
879 if (is_watchpoint (b))
880 {
881 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
882
883 xfree (w->cond_exp);
884 w->cond_exp = NULL;
885 }
886 else
887 {
888 struct bp_location *loc;
889
890 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
891 {
892 xfree (loc->cond);
893 loc->cond = NULL;
894
895 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
896 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
897 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
898 }
899 }
900
901 if (*exp == 0)
902 {
903 if (from_tty)
904 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b->number);
905 }
906 else
907 {
908 char *arg = exp;
909
910 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
911 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
912 b->cond_string = xstrdup (arg);
913 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
914
915 if (is_watchpoint (b))
916 {
917 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
918
919 innermost_block = NULL;
920 arg = exp;
921 w->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0, 0);
922 if (*arg)
923 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
924 w->cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
925 }
926 else
927 {
928 struct bp_location *loc;
929
930 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
931 {
932 arg = exp;
933 loc->cond =
934 parse_exp_1 (&arg, loc->address,
935 block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
936 if (*arg)
937 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
938 }
939 }
940 }
941 mark_breakpoint_modified (b);
942
943 breakpoints_changed ();
944 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
945 }
946
947 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
948
949 static VEC (char_ptr) *
950 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd, char *text, char *word)
951 {
952 char *space;
953
954 text = skip_spaces (text);
955 space = skip_to_space (text);
956 if (*space == '\0')
957 {
958 int len;
959 struct breakpoint *b;
960 VEC (char_ptr) *result = NULL;
961
962 if (text[0] == '$')
963 {
964 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
965 if (isdigit (text[1]))
966 return NULL;
967 return complete_internalvar (&text[1]);
968 }
969
970 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
971 len = strlen (text);
972
973 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
974 {
975 int single = b->loc->next == NULL;
976 struct bp_location *loc;
977 int count = 1;
978
979 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
980 {
981 char location[50];
982
983 if (single)
984 sprintf (location, "%d", b->number);
985 else
986 sprintf (location, "%d.%d", b->number, count);
987
988 if (strncmp (location, text, len) == 0)
989 VEC_safe_push (char_ptr, result, xstrdup (location));
990
991 ++count;
992 }
993 }
994
995 return result;
996 }
997
998 /* We're completing the expression part. */
999 text = skip_spaces (space);
1000 return expression_completer (cmd, text, word);
1001 }
1002
1003 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
1004
1005 static void
1006 condition_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
1007 {
1008 struct breakpoint *b;
1009 char *p;
1010 int bnum;
1011
1012 if (arg == 0)
1013 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
1014
1015 p = arg;
1016 bnum = get_number (&p);
1017 if (bnum == 0)
1018 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg);
1019
1020 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
1021 if (b->number == bnum)
1022 {
1023 /* Check if this breakpoint has a Python object assigned to
1024 it, and if it has a definition of the "stop"
1025 method. This method and conditions entered into GDB from
1026 the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
1027 if (b->py_bp_object
1028 && gdbpy_breakpoint_has_py_cond (b->py_bp_object))
1029 error (_("Cannot set a condition where a Python 'stop' "
1030 "method has been defined in the breakpoint."));
1031 set_breakpoint_condition (b, p, from_tty);
1032
1033 if (is_breakpoint (b))
1034 update_global_location_list (1);
1035
1036 return;
1037 }
1038
1039 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
1040 }
1041
1042 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1043 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1044 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1045
1046 static void
1047 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line *commands)
1048 {
1049 struct command_line *c;
1050
1051 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
1052 {
1053 int i;
1054
1055 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1056 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1057 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1058
1059 for (i = 0; i < c->body_count; ++i)
1060 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c->body_list)[i]);
1061
1062 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1063 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1064 command directly. */
1065 if (strstr (c->line, "collect ") == c->line)
1066 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1067
1068 if (strstr (c->line, "teval ") == c->line)
1069 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1070 }
1071 }
1072
1073 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1074
1075 static int
1076 is_tracepoint_type (enum bptype type)
1077 {
1078 return (type == bp_tracepoint
1079 || type == bp_fast_tracepoint
1080 || type == bp_static_tracepoint);
1081 }
1082
1083 int
1084 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
1085 {
1086 return is_tracepoint_type (b->type);
1087 }
1088
1089 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1090 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1091 found. */
1092
1093 static void
1094 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
1095 struct command_line *commands)
1096 {
1097 if (is_tracepoint (b))
1098 {
1099 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1100 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1101 while-stepping element, and that while-stepping's body has
1102 valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping. */
1103 struct command_line *c;
1104 struct command_line *while_stepping = 0;
1105 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
1106 {
1107 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1108 {
1109 if (b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
1110 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1111 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1112 else if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1113 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1114 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1115
1116 if (while_stepping)
1117 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1118 "can be used only once"));
1119 else
1120 while_stepping = c;
1121 }
1122 }
1123 if (while_stepping)
1124 {
1125 struct command_line *c2;
1126
1127 gdb_assert (while_stepping->body_count == 1);
1128 c2 = while_stepping->body_list[0];
1129 for (; c2; c2 = c2->next)
1130 {
1131 if (c2->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1132 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1133 }
1134 }
1135 }
1136 else
1137 {
1138 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands);
1139 }
1140 }
1141
1142 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1143 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1144
1145 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
1146 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr)
1147 {
1148 struct breakpoint *b;
1149 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
1150 struct bp_location *loc;
1151
1152 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
1153 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1154 {
1155 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1156 if (loc->address == addr)
1157 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
1158 }
1159
1160 return found;
1161 }
1162
1163 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1164 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1165
1166 void
1167 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint *b,
1168 struct command_line *commands)
1169 {
1170 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, commands);
1171
1172 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
1173 b->commands = alloc_counted_command_line (commands);
1174 breakpoints_changed ();
1175 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1176 }
1177
1178 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1179 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1180 commands. */
1181
1182 void
1183 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint *b, int silent)
1184 {
1185 int old_silent = b->silent;
1186
1187 b->silent = silent;
1188 if (old_silent != silent)
1189 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1190 }
1191
1192 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1193 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1194
1195 void
1196 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b, int thread)
1197 {
1198 int old_thread = b->thread;
1199
1200 b->thread = thread;
1201 if (old_thread != thread)
1202 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1203 }
1204
1205 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1206 breakpoint work for any task. */
1207
1208 void
1209 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint *b, int task)
1210 {
1211 int old_task = b->task;
1212
1213 b->task = task;
1214 if (old_task != task)
1215 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1216 }
1217
1218 void
1219 check_tracepoint_command (char *line, void *closure)
1220 {
1221 struct breakpoint *b = closure;
1222
1223 validate_actionline (&line, b);
1224 }
1225
1226 /* A structure used to pass information through
1227 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
1228
1229 struct commands_info
1230 {
1231 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
1232 int from_tty;
1233
1234 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
1235 char *arg;
1236
1237 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
1238 already-parsed command. */
1239 struct command_line *control;
1240
1241 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
1242 yet been read. */
1243 struct counted_command_line *cmd;
1244 };
1245
1246 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
1247 commands_command. */
1248
1249 static void
1250 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint *b, void *data)
1251 {
1252 struct commands_info *info = data;
1253
1254 if (info->cmd == NULL)
1255 {
1256 struct command_line *l;
1257
1258 if (info->control != NULL)
1259 l = copy_command_lines (info->control->body_list[0]);
1260 else
1261 {
1262 struct cleanup *old_chain;
1263 char *str;
1264
1265 str = xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1266 "%s, one per line."),
1267 info->arg);
1268
1269 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, str);
1270
1271 l = read_command_lines (str,
1272 info->from_tty, 1,
1273 (is_tracepoint (b)
1274 ? check_tracepoint_command : 0),
1275 b);
1276
1277 do_cleanups (old_chain);
1278 }
1279
1280 info->cmd = alloc_counted_command_line (l);
1281 }
1282
1283 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1284 do anything. */
1285 if (b->commands != info->cmd)
1286 {
1287 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, info->cmd->commands);
1288 incref_counted_command_line (info->cmd);
1289 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
1290 b->commands = info->cmd;
1291 breakpoints_changed ();
1292 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1293 }
1294 }
1295
1296 static void
1297 commands_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
1298 struct command_line *control)
1299 {
1300 struct cleanup *cleanups;
1301 struct commands_info info;
1302
1303 info.from_tty = from_tty;
1304 info.control = control;
1305 info.cmd = NULL;
1306 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
1307 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
1308 cleanups = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info.cmd);
1309
1310 if (arg == NULL || !*arg)
1311 {
1312 if (breakpoint_count - prev_breakpoint_count > 1)
1313 arg = xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count + 1,
1314 breakpoint_count);
1315 else if (breakpoint_count > 0)
1316 arg = xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count);
1317 else
1318 {
1319 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
1320 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
1321 numbers will fail in this case. */
1322 arg = NULL;
1323 }
1324 }
1325 else
1326 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
1327 our argument. */
1328 arg = xstrdup (arg);
1329
1330 if (arg != NULL)
1331 make_cleanup (xfree, arg);
1332
1333 info.arg = arg;
1334
1335 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_commands_command, &info);
1336
1337 if (info.cmd == NULL)
1338 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1339
1340 do_cleanups (cleanups);
1341 }
1342
1343 static void
1344 commands_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
1345 {
1346 commands_command_1 (arg, from_tty, NULL);
1347 }
1348
1349 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1350 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1351
1352 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1353 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1354 enum command_control_type
1355 commands_from_control_command (char *arg, struct command_line *cmd)
1356 {
1357 commands_command_1 (arg, 0, cmd);
1358 return simple_control;
1359 }
1360
1361 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1362
1363 static int
1364 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location *bl)
1365 {
1366 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
1367 return 0;
1368 if (!bl->inserted)
1369 return 0;
1370 if (bl->target_info.shadow_len == 0)
1371 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1372 return 0;
1373 return 1;
1374 }
1375
1376 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1377 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1378
1379 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1380 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1381 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1382
1383 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1384 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1385 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1386 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1387 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1388 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1389 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1390 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1391 and:
1392 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1393
1394 void
1395 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte *readbuf, gdb_byte *writebuf,
1396 const gdb_byte *writebuf_org,
1397 ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len)
1398 {
1399 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1400 search. */
1401 unsigned bc_l, bc_r, bc;
1402
1403 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1404 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1405 report higher one. */
1406
1407 bc_l = 0;
1408 bc_r = bp_location_count;
1409 while (bc_l + 1 < bc_r)
1410 {
1411 struct bp_location *bl;
1412
1413 bc = (bc_l + bc_r) / 2;
1414 bl = bp_location[bc];
1415
1416 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1417 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1418 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1419 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1420
1421 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1422 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1423 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1424
1425 if ((bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1426 >= bl->address)
1427 && (bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1428 <= memaddr))
1429 bc_l = bc;
1430 else
1431 bc_r = bc;
1432 }
1433
1434 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1435 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1436 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1437 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1438 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1439 B:
1440
1441 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1442
1443 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1444 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1445 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1446 and L2. */
1447 while (bc_l > 0
1448 && bp_location[bc_l]->address == bp_location[bc_l - 1]->address)
1449 bc_l--;
1450
1451 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1452
1453 for (bc = bc_l; bc < bp_location_count; bc++)
1454 {
1455 struct bp_location *bl = bp_location[bc];
1456 CORE_ADDR bp_addr = 0;
1457 int bp_size = 0;
1458 int bptoffset = 0;
1459
1460 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1461 if (bl->owner->type == bp_none)
1462 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1463 bl->owner->number);
1464
1465 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1466 content. */
1467
1468 if (bl->address >= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1469 && memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1470 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max))
1471 break;
1472
1473 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
1474 continue;
1475 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->target_info.placed_address_space, 0,
1476 current_program_space->aspace, 0))
1477 continue;
1478
1479 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1480 we need to copy. */
1481 bp_addr = bl->target_info.placed_address;
1482 bp_size = bl->target_info.shadow_len;
1483
1484 if (bp_addr + bp_size <= memaddr)
1485 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we
1486 are reading. */
1487 continue;
1488
1489 if (bp_addr >= memaddr + len)
1490 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1491 reading. */
1492 continue;
1493
1494 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1495 if (bp_addr < memaddr)
1496 {
1497 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1498 bp_size -= memaddr - bp_addr;
1499 bptoffset = memaddr - bp_addr;
1500 bp_addr = memaddr;
1501 }
1502
1503 if (bp_addr + bp_size > memaddr + len)
1504 {
1505 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1506 bp_size -= (bp_addr + bp_size) - (memaddr + len);
1507 }
1508
1509 if (readbuf != NULL)
1510 {
1511 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with
1512 the shadow_contents buffer. */
1513 gdb_assert (bl->target_info.shadow_contents >= readbuf + len
1514 || readbuf >= (bl->target_info.shadow_contents
1515 + bl->target_info.shadow_len));
1516
1517 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1518 shadow. */
1519 memcpy (readbuf + bp_addr - memaddr,
1520 bl->target_info.shadow_contents + bptoffset, bp_size);
1521 }
1522 else
1523 {
1524 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = bl->gdbarch;
1525 const unsigned char *bp;
1526 CORE_ADDR placed_address = bl->target_info.placed_address;
1527 unsigned placed_size = bl->target_info.placed_size;
1528
1529 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1530 memcpy (bl->target_info.shadow_contents + bptoffset,
1531 writebuf_org + bp_addr - memaddr, bp_size);
1532
1533 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1534 address. */
1535 bp = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch, &placed_address, &placed_size);
1536
1537 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1538 breakpoint's INSN. */
1539 memcpy (writebuf + bp_addr - memaddr, bp + bptoffset, bp_size);
1540 }
1541 }
1542 }
1543 \f
1544
1545 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1546 breakpoint. */
1547
1548 int
1549 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1550 {
1551 return (bpt->type == bp_breakpoint
1552 || bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
1553 || bpt->type == bp_dprintf);
1554 }
1555
1556 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1557
1558 static int
1559 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1560 {
1561 return (bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
1562 || bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint
1563 || bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint);
1564 }
1565
1566 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1567 software. */
1568
1569 int
1570 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1571 {
1572 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt)
1573 || bpt->type == bp_watchpoint);
1574 }
1575
1576 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1577 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1578 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1579 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1580 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1581 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1582 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1583 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1584
1585 static int
1586 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint *b)
1587 {
1588 return (b->base.pspace == current_program_space
1589 && (ptid_equal (b->watchpoint_thread, null_ptid)
1590 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, b->watchpoint_thread)
1591 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))));
1592 }
1593
1594 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1595 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1596
1597 static void
1598 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint *w)
1599 {
1600 struct breakpoint *b = &w->base;
1601
1602 if (b->related_breakpoint != b)
1603 {
1604 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope);
1605 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint == b);
1606 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1607 b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b->related_breakpoint;
1608 b->related_breakpoint = b;
1609 }
1610 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1611 }
1612
1613 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1614 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1615 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1616 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1617 in b->loc->cond.
1618 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1619
1620 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1621 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1622 it.
1623
1624 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1625 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1626 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1627 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1628 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1629 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1630 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1631 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1632
1633 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1634 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1635 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1636 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1637 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1638 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1639 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1640 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1641 not changed.
1642
1643 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1644 hardware watchpoints:
1645
1646 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1647 called several times when GDB stops.
1648
1649 [linux]
1650 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1651 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1652 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1653 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1654 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1655 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1656 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1657 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1658 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1659 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1660 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1661
1662 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1663 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1664
1665 static void
1666 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint *b, int reparse)
1667 {
1668 int within_current_scope;
1669 struct frame_id saved_frame_id;
1670 int frame_saved;
1671
1672 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1673 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1674 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1675 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
1676 return;
1677
1678 if (b->base.disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1679 return;
1680
1681 frame_saved = 0;
1682
1683 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1684 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
1685 within_current_scope = 1;
1686 else
1687 {
1688 struct frame_info *fi = get_current_frame ();
1689 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (fi);
1690 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (fi);
1691
1692 /* If we're in a function epilogue, unwinding may not work
1693 properly, so do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1694 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1695 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
1696 return;
1697
1698 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1699 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1700 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1701 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1702 selected frame. */
1703 frame_saved = 1;
1704 saved_frame_id = get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1705
1706 fi = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
1707 within_current_scope = (fi != NULL);
1708 if (within_current_scope)
1709 select_frame (fi);
1710 }
1711
1712 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1713 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1714 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1715 b->base.loc = NULL;
1716
1717 if (within_current_scope && reparse)
1718 {
1719 char *s;
1720
1721 if (b->exp)
1722 {
1723 xfree (b->exp);
1724 b->exp = NULL;
1725 }
1726 s = b->exp_string_reparse ? b->exp_string_reparse : b->exp_string;
1727 b->exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, 0, b->exp_valid_block, 0);
1728 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1729 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1730 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1731 be completely different objects. */
1732 value_free (b->val);
1733 b->val = NULL;
1734 b->val_valid = 0;
1735
1736 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1737 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1738 locations (re)created below. */
1739 if (b->base.cond_string != NULL)
1740 {
1741 if (b->cond_exp != NULL)
1742 {
1743 xfree (b->cond_exp);
1744 b->cond_exp = NULL;
1745 }
1746
1747 s = b->base.cond_string;
1748 b->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, 0, b->cond_exp_valid_block, 0);
1749 }
1750 }
1751
1752 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1753 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1754 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1755 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1756 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1757 if ( !target_has_execution)
1758 {
1759 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1760 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1761 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1762 }
1763 else if (within_current_scope && b->exp)
1764 {
1765 int pc = 0;
1766 struct value *val_chain, *v, *result, *next;
1767 struct program_space *frame_pspace;
1768
1769 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &v, &result, &val_chain);
1770
1771 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1772 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1773 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1774 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1775 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1776 watchpoints. */
1777 if (!b->val_valid && !is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
1778 {
1779 b->val = v;
1780 b->val_valid = 1;
1781 }
1782
1783 frame_pspace = get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1784
1785 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1786 for (v = val_chain; v; v = value_next (v))
1787 {
1788 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1789 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1790 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1791 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1792 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1793 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory
1794 && (v == val_chain || ! value_lazy (v)))
1795 {
1796 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
1797
1798 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1799 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1800 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1801 if (v == result
1802 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1803 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
1804 {
1805 CORE_ADDR addr;
1806 int len, type;
1807 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
1808
1809 addr = value_address (v);
1810 len = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
1811 type = hw_write;
1812 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
1813 type = hw_read;
1814 else if (b->base.type == bp_access_watchpoint)
1815 type = hw_access;
1816
1817 loc = allocate_bp_location (&b->base);
1818 for (tmp = &(b->base.loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
1819 ;
1820 *tmp = loc;
1821 loc->gdbarch = get_type_arch (value_type (v));
1822
1823 loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1824 loc->address = addr;
1825 loc->length = len;
1826 loc->watchpoint_type = type;
1827 }
1828 }
1829 }
1830
1831 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
1832 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
1833 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
1834 is started. */
1835 if (reparse)
1836 {
1837 int reg_cnt;
1838 enum bp_loc_type loc_type;
1839 struct bp_location *bl;
1840
1841 reg_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain);
1842
1843 if (reg_cnt)
1844 {
1845 int i, target_resources_ok, other_type_used;
1846 enum bptype type;
1847
1848 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
1849 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
1850 b->exact = target_exact_watchpoints && reg_cnt == 1;
1851
1852 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
1853 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
1854 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
1855 this watchpoint in as well. */
1856
1857 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
1858 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
1859 hardware watchpoint type. */
1860 type = b->base.type;
1861 if (type == bp_watchpoint)
1862 type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
1863
1864 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
1865 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
1866 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
1867 through watch_command), so always account for it
1868 manually. */
1869
1870 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
1871 i = hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (&b->base, type, &other_type_used);
1872
1873 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
1874 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (&b->base);
1875
1876 target_resources_ok
1877 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type, i, other_type_used);
1878 if (target_resources_ok <= 0)
1879 {
1880 int sw_mode = b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base);
1881
1882 if (target_resources_ok == 0 && !sw_mode)
1883 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
1884 "hardware watchpoint."));
1885 else if (target_resources_ok < 0 && !sw_mode)
1886 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
1887 "resources for this watchpoint."));
1888
1889 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
1890 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1891 }
1892 else
1893 {
1894 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
1895 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
1896 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
1897 nop. */
1898 b->base.type = type;
1899 }
1900 }
1901 else if (!b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base))
1902 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
1903 "read/access watchpoint."));
1904 else
1905 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1906
1907 loc_type = (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint? bp_loc_other
1908 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint);
1909 for (bl = b->base.loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
1910 bl->loc_type = loc_type;
1911 }
1912
1913 for (v = val_chain; v; v = next)
1914 {
1915 next = value_next (v);
1916 if (v != b->val)
1917 value_free (v);
1918 }
1919
1920 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
1921 above left it without any location set up. But,
1922 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
1923 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
1924 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint && b->base.loc == NULL)
1925 {
1926 struct breakpoint *base = &b->base;
1927 base->loc = allocate_bp_location (base);
1928 base->loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1929 base->loc->address = -1;
1930 base->loc->length = -1;
1931 base->loc->watchpoint_type = -1;
1932 }
1933 }
1934 else if (!within_current_scope)
1935 {
1936 printf_filtered (_("\
1937 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
1938 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1939 b->base.number);
1940 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
1941 }
1942
1943 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1944 if (frame_saved)
1945 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id));
1946 }
1947
1948
1949 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
1950 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
1951 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
1952 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
1953 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
1954 static int
1955 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
1956 {
1957 if (bl->owner == NULL || !breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner))
1958 return 0;
1959
1960 if (bl->owner->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1961 return 0;
1962
1963 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled || bl->duplicate)
1964 return 0;
1965
1966 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl->owner) && bl->pspace->executing_startup)
1967 return 0;
1968
1969 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
1970 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
1971 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
1972 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
1973 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
1974 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
1975 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
1976 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
1977 if (bl->pspace->breakpoints_not_allowed)
1978 return 0;
1979
1980 return 1;
1981 }
1982
1983 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
1984 that the location is not duplicated. */
1985
1986 static int
1987 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
1988 {
1989 int result;
1990 const int save_duplicate = bl->duplicate;
1991
1992 bl->duplicate = 0;
1993 result = should_be_inserted (bl);
1994 bl->duplicate = save_duplicate;
1995 return result;
1996 }
1997
1998 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
1999 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2000 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2001 any error during parsing. */
2002
2003 static struct agent_expr *
2004 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, struct expression *cond)
2005 {
2006 struct agent_expr *aexpr = NULL;
2007 struct cleanup *old_chain = NULL;
2008 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
2009
2010 if (!cond)
2011 return NULL;
2012
2013 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2014 that may show up. */
2015 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
2016 {
2017 aexpr = gen_eval_for_expr (scope, cond);
2018 }
2019
2020 if (ex.reason < 0)
2021 {
2022 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2023 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2024 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2025 return NULL;
2026 }
2027
2028 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2029 return aexpr;
2030 }
2031
2032 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2033 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2034 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2035 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2036 one of them is true. */
2037
2038 static void
2039 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location *bl)
2040 {
2041 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
2042 int null_condition_or_parse_error = 0;
2043 int modified = bl->needs_update;
2044 struct bp_location *loc;
2045
2046 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2047 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2048 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2049 side. */
2050 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2051 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2052 return;
2053
2054 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2055 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2056 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2057 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2058 response back to GDB. */
2059 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2060 {
2061 loc = (*loc2p);
2062 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2063 {
2064 if (modified)
2065 {
2066 struct agent_expr *aexpr;
2067
2068 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2069 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2070 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2071 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2072 aexpr = parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl->address, loc->cond);
2073 loc->cond_bytecode = aexpr;
2074
2075 /* Check if we managed to parse the conditional expression
2076 correctly. If not, we will not send this condition
2077 to the target. */
2078 if (aexpr)
2079 continue;
2080 }
2081
2082 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2083 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2084 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2085 {
2086 null_condition_or_parse_error = 1;
2087 break;
2088 }
2089 }
2090 }
2091
2092 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2093 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2094 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2095
2096 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2097 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2098 if (null_condition_or_parse_error)
2099 {
2100 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2101 {
2102 loc = (*loc2p);
2103 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2104 {
2105 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2106 located. */
2107 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2108 return;
2109
2110 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
2111 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
2112 }
2113 }
2114 }
2115
2116 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2117 for this location's address. */
2118 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2119 {
2120 loc = (*loc2p);
2121 if (loc->cond
2122 && is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2123 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2124 && loc->owner->enable_state == bp_enabled
2125 && loc->enabled)
2126 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later to send the
2127 conditions to the target. */
2128 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.conditions,
2129 loc->cond_bytecode);
2130 }
2131
2132 return;
2133 }
2134
2135 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2136 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2137 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2138 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2139 -1 for failure.
2140
2141 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2142 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2143 static int
2144 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl,
2145 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream,
2146 int *disabled_breaks,
2147 int *hw_breakpoint_error)
2148 {
2149 int val = 0;
2150
2151 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2152 return 0;
2153
2154 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2155 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2156 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2157 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2158 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2159 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2160 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2161 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2162 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2163 bl->target_info.placed_address = bl->address;
2164 bl->target_info.placed_address_space = bl->pspace->aspace;
2165 bl->target_info.length = bl->length;
2166
2167 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2168 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2169 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2170 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2171
2172 if (is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
2173 {
2174 build_target_condition_list (bl);
2175 /* Reset the condition modification marker. */
2176 bl->needs_update = 0;
2177 }
2178
2179 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2180 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2181 {
2182 if (bl->owner->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
2183 {
2184 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2185 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2186 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2187
2188 Two important cases are:
2189 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2190 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2191 hardware breakpoint.
2192 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2193 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2194 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2195 so we undo.
2196
2197 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2198 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2199 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2200 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2201 gdb. */
2202 struct mem_region *mr
2203 = lookup_mem_region (bl->target_info.placed_address);
2204
2205 if (mr)
2206 {
2207 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints)
2208 {
2209 enum bp_loc_type new_type;
2210
2211 if (mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2212 new_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
2213 else
2214 new_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
2215
2216 if (new_type != bl->loc_type)
2217 {
2218 static int said = 0;
2219
2220 bl->loc_type = new_type;
2221 if (!said)
2222 {
2223 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout,
2224 _("Note: automatically using "
2225 "hardware breakpoints for "
2226 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2227 said = 1;
2228 }
2229 }
2230 }
2231 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2232 && mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2233 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint "
2234 "at readonly address %s"),
2235 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address));
2236 }
2237 }
2238
2239 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2240 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
2241 || bl->section == NULL
2242 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
2243 {
2244 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2245
2246 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2247 }
2248 else
2249 {
2250 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2251 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2252 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
2253 {
2254 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2255 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2256 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2257 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2258 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2259 bl->owner->number);
2260 else
2261 {
2262 CORE_ADDR addr = overlay_unmapped_address (bl->address,
2263 bl->section);
2264 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2265 bl->overlay_target_info = bl->target_info;
2266 bl->overlay_target_info.placed_address = addr;
2267 val = target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
2268 &bl->overlay_target_info);
2269 if (val != 0)
2270 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2271 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2272 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2273 bl->owner->number);
2274 }
2275 }
2276 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2277 if (section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2278 {
2279 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2280 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2281 }
2282 else
2283 {
2284 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2285 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2286 return 0;
2287 }
2288 }
2289
2290 if (val)
2291 {
2292 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2293 if (solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address))
2294 {
2295 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2296 val = 0;
2297 bl->shlib_disabled = 1;
2298 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl->owner);
2299 if (!*disabled_breaks)
2300 {
2301 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2302 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2303 bl->owner->number);
2304 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2305 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2306 "library breakpoints:\n");
2307 }
2308 *disabled_breaks = 1;
2309 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2310 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl->owner->number);
2311 }
2312 else
2313 {
2314 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2315 {
2316 *hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
2317 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2318 "Cannot insert hardware "
2319 "breakpoint %d.\n",
2320 bl->owner->number);
2321 }
2322 else
2323 {
2324 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2325 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2326 bl->owner->number);
2327 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream,
2328 "Error accessing memory address ");
2329 fputs_filtered (paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
2330 tmp_error_stream);
2331 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream, ": %s.\n",
2332 safe_strerror (val));
2333 }
2334
2335 }
2336 }
2337 else
2338 bl->inserted = 1;
2339
2340 return val;
2341 }
2342
2343 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2344 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2345 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2346 && bl->owner->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
2347 {
2348 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2349 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2350
2351 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2352
2353 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2354 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2355 if (val == 1 && bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
2356 {
2357 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2358
2359 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2360 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2361 of this one. */
2362 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2363 if (loc != bl
2364 && loc->watchpoint_type == hw_access
2365 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl, loc))
2366 {
2367 bl->duplicate = 1;
2368 bl->inserted = 1;
2369 bl->target_info = loc->target_info;
2370 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2371 val = 0;
2372 break;
2373 }
2374
2375 if (val == 1)
2376 {
2377 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2378 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2379
2380 if (val)
2381 /* Back to the original value. */
2382 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_read;
2383 }
2384 }
2385
2386 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2387 }
2388
2389 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint)
2390 {
2391 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2392 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2393
2394 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2395 if (val)
2396 {
2397 bl->owner->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2398
2399 if (val == 1)
2400 warning (_("\
2401 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2402 of catchpoint."), bl->owner->number);
2403 else
2404 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl->owner->number);
2405 }
2406
2407 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2408
2409 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2410 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2411 so just return success. */
2412 return 0;
2413 }
2414
2415 return 0;
2416 }
2417
2418 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2419 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2420 PSPACE anymore. */
2421
2422 void
2423 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space *pspace)
2424 {
2425 struct breakpoint *b, *b_temp;
2426 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2427
2428 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2429 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_temp)
2430 {
2431 if (b->pspace == pspace)
2432 delete_breakpoint (b);
2433 }
2434
2435 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2436 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2437 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2438 {
2439 struct bp_location *tmp;
2440
2441 if (loc->pspace == pspace)
2442 {
2443 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2444 if (loc->owner->loc == loc)
2445 loc->owner->loc = loc->next;
2446 else
2447 for (tmp = loc->owner->loc; tmp->next != NULL; tmp = tmp->next)
2448 if (tmp->next == loc)
2449 {
2450 tmp->next = loc->next;
2451 break;
2452 }
2453 }
2454 }
2455
2456 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
2457 removed locations above. */
2458 update_global_location_list (0);
2459 }
2460
2461 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
2462 Throws exception on any error.
2463 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
2464 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
2465 void
2466 insert_breakpoints (void)
2467 {
2468 struct breakpoint *bpt;
2469
2470 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
2471 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
2472 {
2473 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
2474
2475 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
2476 }
2477
2478 update_global_location_list (1);
2479
2480 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints when
2481 always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly insert them
2482 now. */
2483 if (!breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ())
2484 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
2485 }
2486
2487 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
2488
2489 void
2490 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback)
2491 {
2492 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
2493
2494 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
2495 {
2496 callback (loc, NULL);
2497 }
2498 }
2499
2500 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
2501 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
2502 always-inserted mode. */
2503
2504 static void
2505 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
2506 {
2507 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2508 int error_flag = 0;
2509 int val = 0;
2510 int disabled_breaks = 0;
2511 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
2512
2513 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2514 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2515
2516 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2517 there was an error. */
2518 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
2519
2520 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2521
2522 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2523 {
2524 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
2525 breakpoints. */
2526 if (!is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
2527 continue;
2528
2529 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
2530 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
2531 deletion of breakpoints. */
2532 if (!bl->inserted || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2533 continue;
2534
2535 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2536
2537 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2538 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2539 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2540 insert breakpoints. */
2541 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
2542 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
2543 continue;
2544
2545 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
2546 &hw_breakpoint_error);
2547 if (val)
2548 error_flag = val;
2549 }
2550
2551 if (error_flag)
2552 {
2553 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2554 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
2555 }
2556
2557 do_cleanups (cleanups);
2558 }
2559
2560 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
2561
2562 static void
2563 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
2564 {
2565 struct breakpoint *bpt;
2566 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2567 int error_flag = 0;
2568 int val = 0;
2569 int disabled_breaks = 0;
2570 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
2571
2572 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2573 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2574
2575 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2576 there was an error. */
2577 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
2578
2579 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2580
2581 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2582 {
2583 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2584 continue;
2585
2586 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
2587 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
2588 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2589 if (bl->owner->thread != -1
2590 && !valid_thread_id (bl->owner->thread))
2591 continue;
2592
2593 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2594
2595 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2596 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2597 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2598 insert breakpoints. */
2599 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
2600 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
2601 continue;
2602
2603 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
2604 &hw_breakpoint_error);
2605 if (val)
2606 error_flag = val;
2607 }
2608
2609 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
2610 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
2611 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
2612 {
2613 int some_failed = 0;
2614 struct bp_location *loc;
2615
2616 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
2617 continue;
2618
2619 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
2620 continue;
2621
2622 if (bpt->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
2623 continue;
2624
2625 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2626 if (!loc->inserted && should_be_inserted (loc))
2627 {
2628 some_failed = 1;
2629 break;
2630 }
2631 if (some_failed)
2632 {
2633 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2634 if (loc->inserted)
2635 remove_breakpoint (loc, mark_uninserted);
2636
2637 hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
2638 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2639 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
2640 bpt->number);
2641 error_flag = -1;
2642 }
2643 }
2644
2645 if (error_flag)
2646 {
2647 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
2648 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
2649 if (hw_breakpoint_error)
2650 {
2651 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2652 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
2653 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
2654 }
2655 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2656 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
2657 }
2658
2659 do_cleanups (cleanups);
2660 }
2661
2662 /* Used when the program stops.
2663 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
2664 removing a breakpoint location. */
2665
2666 int
2667 remove_breakpoints (void)
2668 {
2669 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2670 int val = 0;
2671
2672 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2673 {
2674 if (bl->inserted && !is_tracepoint (bl->owner))
2675 val |= remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
2676 }
2677 return val;
2678 }
2679
2680 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
2681
2682 int
2683 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid)
2684 {
2685 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2686 int val;
2687 struct inferior *inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
2688
2689 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2690 {
2691 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
2692 continue;
2693
2694 if (bl->inserted)
2695 {
2696 val = remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
2697 if (val != 0)
2698 return val;
2699 }
2700 }
2701 return 0;
2702 }
2703
2704 int
2705 reattach_breakpoints (int pid)
2706 {
2707 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2708 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2709 int val;
2710 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream;
2711 int dummy1 = 0, dummy2 = 0;
2712 struct inferior *inf;
2713 struct thread_info *tp;
2714
2715 tp = any_live_thread_of_process (pid);
2716 if (tp == NULL)
2717 return 1;
2718
2719 inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
2720 old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
2721
2722 inferior_ptid = tp->ptid;
2723
2724 tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2725 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2726
2727 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2728 {
2729 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
2730 continue;
2731
2732 if (bl->inserted)
2733 {
2734 bl->inserted = 0;
2735 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &dummy1, &dummy2);
2736 if (val != 0)
2737 {
2738 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2739 return val;
2740 }
2741 }
2742 }
2743 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2744 return 0;
2745 }
2746
2747 static int internal_breakpoint_number = -1;
2748
2749 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
2750 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
2751 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
2752 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
2753 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
2754 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
2755 static void
2756 set_breakpoint_number (int internal, struct breakpoint *b)
2757 {
2758 if (internal)
2759 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
2760 else
2761 {
2762 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
2763 b->number = breakpoint_count;
2764 }
2765 }
2766
2767 static struct breakpoint *
2768 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
2769 CORE_ADDR address, enum bptype type,
2770 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
2771 {
2772 struct symtab_and_line sal;
2773 struct breakpoint *b;
2774
2775 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
2776
2777 sal.pc = address;
2778 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
2779 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
2780
2781 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
2782 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
2783 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
2784
2785 return b;
2786 }
2787
2788 static const char *const longjmp_names[] =
2789 {
2790 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
2791 };
2792 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
2793
2794 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
2795 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
2796 {
2797 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
2798 struct minimal_symbol *overlay_msym;
2799
2800 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
2801 struct minimal_symbol *longjmp_msym[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES];
2802
2803 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
2804 int longjmp_searched;
2805
2806 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). */
2807 VEC (probe_p) *longjmp_probes;
2808
2809 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
2810 struct minimal_symbol *terminate_msym;
2811
2812 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
2813 struct minimal_symbol *exception_msym;
2814
2815 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
2816 int exception_searched;
2817
2818 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). */
2819 VEC (probe_p) *exception_probes;
2820 };
2821
2822 static const struct objfile_data *breakpoint_objfile_key;
2823
2824 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
2825 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found;
2826
2827 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
2828
2829 static int
2830 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol *msym)
2831 {
2832 return msym == &msym_not_found;
2833 }
2834
2835 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
2836 Allocate the data if necessary. */
2837
2838 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data *
2839 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile *objfile)
2840 {
2841 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
2842
2843 bp_objfile_data = objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key);
2844 if (bp_objfile_data == NULL)
2845 {
2846 bp_objfile_data = obstack_alloc (&objfile->objfile_obstack,
2847 sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
2848
2849 memset (bp_objfile_data, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
2850 set_objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key, bp_objfile_data);
2851 }
2852 return bp_objfile_data;
2853 }
2854
2855 static void
2856 free_breakpoint_probes (struct objfile *obj, void *data)
2857 {
2858 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data = data;
2859
2860 VEC_free (probe_p, bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes);
2861 VEC_free (probe_p, bp_objfile_data->exception_probes);
2862 }
2863
2864 static void
2865 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
2866 {
2867 struct objfile *objfile;
2868 const char *const func_name = "_ovly_debug_event";
2869
2870 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
2871 {
2872 struct breakpoint *b;
2873 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
2874 CORE_ADDR addr;
2875
2876 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
2877
2878 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym))
2879 continue;
2880
2881 if (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym == NULL)
2882 {
2883 struct minimal_symbol *m;
2884
2885 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
2886 if (m == NULL)
2887 {
2888 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
2889 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = &msym_not_found;
2890 continue;
2891 }
2892 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = m;
2893 }
2894
2895 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym);
2896 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
2897 bp_overlay_event,
2898 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
2899 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
2900
2901 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_auto)
2902 {
2903 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
2904 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
2905 }
2906 else
2907 {
2908 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2909 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
2910 }
2911 }
2912 update_global_location_list (1);
2913 }
2914
2915 static void
2916 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
2917 {
2918 struct program_space *pspace;
2919 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2920
2921 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
2922
2923 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
2924 {
2925 struct objfile *objfile;
2926
2927 set_current_program_space (pspace);
2928
2929 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
2930 {
2931 int i;
2932 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
2933 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
2934
2935 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
2936 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch))
2937 continue;
2938
2939 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
2940
2941 if (!bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched)
2942 {
2943 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes
2944 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libc", "longjmp");
2945 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched = 1;
2946 }
2947
2948 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes != NULL)
2949 {
2950 int i;
2951 struct probe *probe;
2952 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
2953
2954 for (i = 0;
2955 VEC_iterate (probe_p,
2956 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes,
2957 i, probe);
2958 ++i)
2959 {
2960 struct breakpoint *b;
2961
2962 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, probe->address,
2963 bp_longjmp_master,
2964 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
2965 b->addr_string = xstrdup ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
2966 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2967 }
2968
2969 continue;
2970 }
2971
2972 for (i = 0; i < NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES; i++)
2973 {
2974 struct breakpoint *b;
2975 const char *func_name;
2976 CORE_ADDR addr;
2977
2978 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]))
2979 continue;
2980
2981 func_name = longjmp_names[i];
2982 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] == NULL)
2983 {
2984 struct minimal_symbol *m;
2985
2986 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
2987 if (m == NULL)
2988 {
2989 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
2990 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = &msym_not_found;
2991 continue;
2992 }
2993 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = m;
2994 }
2995
2996 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]);
2997 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_longjmp_master,
2998 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
2999 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3000 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3001 }
3002 }
3003 }
3004 update_global_location_list (1);
3005
3006 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3007 }
3008
3009 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3010 static void
3011 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3012 {
3013 struct program_space *pspace;
3014 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3015 const char *const func_name = "std::terminate()";
3016
3017 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
3018
3019 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
3020 {
3021 struct objfile *objfile;
3022 CORE_ADDR addr;
3023
3024 set_current_program_space (pspace);
3025
3026 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3027 {
3028 struct breakpoint *b;
3029 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3030
3031 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3032
3033 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym))
3034 continue;
3035
3036 if (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym == NULL)
3037 {
3038 struct minimal_symbol *m;
3039
3040 m = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
3041 if (m == NULL || (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m) != mst_text
3042 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m) != mst_file_text))
3043 {
3044 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3045 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = &msym_not_found;
3046 continue;
3047 }
3048 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = m;
3049 }
3050
3051 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym);
3052 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
3053 bp_std_terminate_master,
3054 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3055 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3056 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3057 }
3058 }
3059
3060 update_global_location_list (1);
3061
3062 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3063 }
3064
3065 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3066
3067 static void
3068 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3069 {
3070 struct objfile *objfile;
3071 const char *const func_name = "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3072
3073 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3074 {
3075 struct breakpoint *b;
3076 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
3077 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3078 CORE_ADDR addr;
3079
3080 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3081
3082 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3083 if (!bp_objfile_data->exception_searched)
3084 {
3085 bp_objfile_data->exception_probes
3086 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libgcc", "unwind");
3087 bp_objfile_data->exception_searched = 1;
3088 }
3089
3090 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_probes != NULL)
3091 {
3092 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3093 int i;
3094 struct probe *probe;
3095
3096 for (i = 0;
3097 VEC_iterate (probe_p,
3098 bp_objfile_data->exception_probes,
3099 i, probe);
3100 ++i)
3101 {
3102 struct breakpoint *b;
3103
3104 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, probe->address,
3105 bp_exception_master,
3106 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3107 b->addr_string = xstrdup ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3108 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3109 }
3110
3111 continue;
3112 }
3113
3114 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3115
3116 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym))
3117 continue;
3118
3119 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3120
3121 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym == NULL)
3122 {
3123 struct minimal_symbol *debug_hook;
3124
3125 debug_hook = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
3126 if (debug_hook == NULL)
3127 {
3128 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = &msym_not_found;
3129 continue;
3130 }
3131
3132 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = debug_hook;
3133 }
3134
3135 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym);
3136 addr = gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch, addr,
3137 &current_target);
3138 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_exception_master,
3139 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3140 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3141 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3142 }
3143
3144 update_global_location_list (1);
3145 }
3146
3147 void
3148 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3149 {
3150 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3151 struct bp_location *bploc, **bplocp_tmp;
3152
3153 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3154 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3155 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3156 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3157 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3158 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3159 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3160 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3161 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc, bplocp_tmp)
3162 if (bploc->pspace == current_program_space)
3163 gdb_assert (!bploc->inserted);
3164
3165 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3166 {
3167 if (b->pspace != current_program_space)
3168 continue;
3169
3170 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3171 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
3172 {
3173 delete_breakpoint (b);
3174 continue;
3175 }
3176
3177 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3178 if (b->type == bp_jit_event)
3179 {
3180 delete_breakpoint (b);
3181 continue;
3182 }
3183
3184 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3185 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3186 if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event
3187 || b->type == bp_longjmp_master || b->type == bp_std_terminate_master
3188 || b->type == bp_exception_master)
3189 {
3190 delete_breakpoint (b);
3191 continue;
3192 }
3193
3194 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3195 if (b->type == bp_step_resume || b->type == bp_hp_step_resume)
3196 {
3197 delete_breakpoint (b);
3198 continue;
3199 }
3200
3201 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3202 after an exec. */
3203 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_longjmp_resume
3204 || b->type == bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3205 || b->type == bp_exception || b->type == bp_exception_resume)
3206 {
3207 delete_breakpoint (b);
3208 continue;
3209 }
3210
3211 if (b->type == bp_catchpoint)
3212 {
3213 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3214 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3215 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3216 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3217 continue;
3218 }
3219
3220 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3221 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3222 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3223 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3224 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3225 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3226
3227 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3228 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3229 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3230 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3231 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3232 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3233 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3234
3235 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3236 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3237 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3238 let finish_command delete it.
3239
3240 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3241 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3242 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3243 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3244 solib breakpoints.) */
3245
3246 if (b->type == bp_finish)
3247 {
3248 continue;
3249 }
3250
3251 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3252 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3253 a.out. */
3254 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
3255 {
3256 delete_breakpoint (b);
3257 continue;
3258 }
3259 }
3260 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
3261 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
3262 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
3263 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
3264 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
3265 }
3266
3267 int
3268 detach_breakpoints (int pid)
3269 {
3270 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3271 int val = 0;
3272 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
3273 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
3274
3275 if (pid == PIDGET (inferior_ptid))
3276 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3277
3278 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3279 inferior_ptid = pid_to_ptid (pid);
3280 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3281 {
3282 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
3283 continue;
3284
3285 if (bl->inserted)
3286 val |= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, mark_inserted);
3287 }
3288
3289 /* Detach single-step breakpoints as well. */
3290 detach_single_step_breakpoints ();
3291
3292 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3293 return val;
3294 }
3295
3296 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3297 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3298 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3299 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3300 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3301
3302 static int
3303 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
3304 {
3305 int val;
3306
3307 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3308 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
3309
3310 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3311 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3312 return 0;
3313
3314 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3315 This should not ever happen. */
3316 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
3317
3318 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3319 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3320 {
3321 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3322 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3323 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3324
3325 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3326 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
3327 || bl->section == NULL
3328 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
3329 {
3330 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3331 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3332 }
3333 else
3334 {
3335 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3336 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3337 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
3338 {
3339 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3340 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3341 */
3342 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3343 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3344 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3345 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
3346 &bl->overlay_target_info);
3347 else
3348 target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
3349 &bl->overlay_target_info);
3350 }
3351 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3352 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3353 if (bl->inserted)
3354 {
3355 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3356 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3357 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3358 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3359
3360 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3361 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
3362 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
3363 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
3364 || section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3365 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3366 else
3367 val = 0;
3368 }
3369 else
3370 {
3371 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
3372 val = 0;
3373 }
3374 }
3375
3376 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint
3377 in a shared library that has already been removed, but we
3378 have not yet processed the shlib unload event. */
3379 if (val && solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address))
3380 val = 0;
3381
3382 if (val)
3383 return val;
3384 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3385 }
3386 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
3387 {
3388 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
3389 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
3390
3391 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3392 bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3393
3394 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
3395 if ((is == mark_uninserted) && (bl->inserted))
3396 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
3397 bl->owner->number);
3398 }
3399 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint
3400 && breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
3401 && !bl->duplicate)
3402 {
3403 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
3404 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
3405
3406 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3407 if (val)
3408 return val;
3409
3410 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3411 }
3412
3413 return 0;
3414 }
3415
3416 static int
3417 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
3418 {
3419 int ret;
3420 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3421
3422 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3423 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
3424
3425 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3426 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3427 return 0;
3428
3429 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3430 This should not ever happen. */
3431 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
3432
3433 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
3434
3435 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
3436
3437 ret = remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, is);
3438
3439 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3440 return ret;
3441 }
3442
3443 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
3444
3445 void
3446 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
3447 {
3448 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3449
3450 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3451 if (bl->pspace == current_program_space)
3452 bl->inserted = 0;
3453 }
3454
3455 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
3456 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
3457
3458 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
3459 between runs.
3460
3461 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
3462 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
3463 init_wait_for_inferior). */
3464
3465
3466
3467 void
3468 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context)
3469 {
3470 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3471 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3472 int ix;
3473 struct program_space *pspace = current_program_space;
3474
3475 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
3476 nothing to do. */
3477 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch))
3478 return;
3479
3480 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3481 {
3482 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3483 if (bl->pspace == pspace
3484 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
3485 bl->inserted = 0;
3486 }
3487
3488 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3489 {
3490 if (b->loc && b->loc->pspace != pspace)
3491 continue;
3492
3493 switch (b->type)
3494 {
3495 case bp_call_dummy:
3496 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
3497
3498 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
3499 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
3500 rid of it. */
3501
3502 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
3503
3504 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
3505
3506 case bp_shlib_event:
3507
3508 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
3509 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
3510 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
3511 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
3512 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
3513
3514 (gdb) file prog-linux
3515 (gdb) run # native linux target
3516 ...
3517 (gdb) kill
3518 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
3519 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
3520 */
3521
3522 case bp_step_resume:
3523
3524 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
3525
3526 delete_breakpoint (b);
3527 break;
3528
3529 case bp_watchpoint:
3530 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
3531 case bp_read_watchpoint:
3532 case bp_access_watchpoint:
3533 {
3534 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
3535
3536 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
3537 if (w->exp_valid_block != NULL)
3538 delete_breakpoint (b);
3539 else if (context == inf_starting)
3540 {
3541 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
3542 insert_breakpoints. */
3543 if (w->val)
3544 value_free (w->val);
3545 w->val = NULL;
3546 w->val_valid = 0;
3547 }
3548 }
3549 break;
3550 default:
3551 break;
3552 }
3553 }
3554
3555 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
3556 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, bl); ++ix)
3557 decref_bp_location (&bl);
3558 VEC_free (bp_location_p, moribund_locations);
3559 }
3560
3561 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
3562 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
3563 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
3564 match, not program space. */
3565
3566 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
3567 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
3568 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
3569 permanent breakpoint.
3570 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
3571 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
3572 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
3573 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
3574 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
3575
3576 enum breakpoint_here
3577 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
3578 {
3579 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3580 int any_breakpoint_here = 0;
3581
3582 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3583 {
3584 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3585 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3586 continue;
3587
3588 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3589 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
3590 || bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3591 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
3592 {
3593 if (overlay_debugging
3594 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3595 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3596 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3597 else if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3598 return permanent_breakpoint_here;
3599 else
3600 any_breakpoint_here = 1;
3601 }
3602 }
3603
3604 return any_breakpoint_here ? ordinary_breakpoint_here : 0;
3605 }
3606
3607 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
3608
3609 int
3610 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
3611 {
3612 struct bp_location *loc;
3613 int ix;
3614
3615 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
3616 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, pc))
3617 return 1;
3618
3619 return 0;
3620 }
3621
3622 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
3623 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain / bp_location array
3624 mechanism. This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which
3625 are inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
3626
3627 int
3628 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
3629 CORE_ADDR pc)
3630 {
3631 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3632
3633 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3634 {
3635 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3636 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3637 continue;
3638
3639 if (bl->inserted
3640 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
3641 {
3642 if (overlay_debugging
3643 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3644 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3645 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3646 else
3647 return 1;
3648 }
3649 }
3650 return 0;
3651 }
3652
3653 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
3654 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
3655
3656 int
3657 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
3658 {
3659 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
3660 return 1;
3661
3662 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
3663 return 1;
3664
3665 return 0;
3666 }
3667
3668 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
3669 inserted at PC. */
3670
3671 int
3672 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
3673 CORE_ADDR pc)
3674 {
3675 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3676
3677 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3678 {
3679 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
3680 continue;
3681
3682 if (bl->inserted
3683 && breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
3684 aspace, pc))
3685 {
3686 if (overlay_debugging
3687 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3688 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3689 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3690 else
3691 return 1;
3692 }
3693 }
3694
3695 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
3696 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
3697 return 1;
3698
3699 return 0;
3700 }
3701
3702 int
3703 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space *aspace,
3704 CORE_ADDR addr, ULONGEST len)
3705 {
3706 struct breakpoint *bpt;
3707
3708 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
3709 {
3710 struct bp_location *loc;
3711
3712 if (bpt->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
3713 && bpt->type != bp_access_watchpoint)
3714 continue;
3715
3716 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
3717 continue;
3718
3719 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
3720 if (loc->pspace->aspace == aspace && loc->inserted)
3721 {
3722 CORE_ADDR l, h;
3723
3724 /* Check for intersection. */
3725 l = max (loc->address, addr);
3726 h = min (loc->address + loc->length, addr + len);
3727 if (l < h)
3728 return 1;
3729 }
3730 }
3731 return 0;
3732 }
3733
3734 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
3735 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
3736
3737 int
3738 breakpoint_thread_match (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
3739 ptid_t ptid)
3740 {
3741 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3742 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
3743 int thread = -1;
3744 int task = 0;
3745
3746 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3747 {
3748 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3749 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3750 continue;
3751
3752 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has bl->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3753 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
3754 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
3755 continue;
3756
3757 if (!breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
3758 continue;
3759
3760 if (bl->owner->thread != -1)
3761 {
3762 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
3763 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
3764 it is now time to do so. */
3765 if (thread == -1)
3766 thread = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
3767 if (bl->owner->thread != thread)
3768 continue;
3769 }
3770
3771 if (bl->owner->task != 0)
3772 {
3773 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
3774 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
3775 it is now time to do so. */
3776 if (task == 0)
3777 task = ada_get_task_number (ptid);
3778 if (bl->owner->task != task)
3779 continue;
3780 }
3781
3782 if (overlay_debugging
3783 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3784 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3785 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3786
3787 return 1;
3788 }
3789
3790 return 0;
3791 }
3792 \f
3793
3794 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
3795 in breakpoint.h. */
3796
3797 int
3798 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *ep)
3799 {
3800 return (ep->type == bp_catchpoint);
3801 }
3802
3803 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
3804 'next' chain. */
3805
3806 static void
3807 bpstat_free (bpstat bs)
3808 {
3809 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
3810 value_free (bs->old_val);
3811 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
3812 decref_bp_location (&bs->bp_location_at);
3813 xfree (bs);
3814 }
3815
3816 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
3817 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
3818
3819 void
3820 bpstat_clear (bpstat *bsp)
3821 {
3822 bpstat p;
3823 bpstat q;
3824
3825 if (bsp == 0)
3826 return;
3827 p = *bsp;
3828 while (p != NULL)
3829 {
3830 q = p->next;
3831 bpstat_free (p);
3832 p = q;
3833 }
3834 *bsp = NULL;
3835 }
3836
3837 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
3838 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
3839
3840 bpstat
3841 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs)
3842 {
3843 bpstat p = NULL;
3844 bpstat tmp;
3845 bpstat retval = NULL;
3846
3847 if (bs == NULL)
3848 return bs;
3849
3850 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
3851 {
3852 tmp = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp));
3853 memcpy (tmp, bs, sizeof (*tmp));
3854 incref_counted_command_line (tmp->commands);
3855 incref_bp_location (tmp->bp_location_at);
3856 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
3857 {
3858 tmp->old_val = value_copy (bs->old_val);
3859 release_value (tmp->old_val);
3860 }
3861
3862 if (p == NULL)
3863 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
3864 retval = tmp;
3865 else
3866 p->next = tmp;
3867 p = tmp;
3868 }
3869 p->next = NULL;
3870 return retval;
3871 }
3872
3873 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
3874
3875 bpstat
3876 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp, struct breakpoint *breakpoint)
3877 {
3878 if (bsp == NULL)
3879 return NULL;
3880
3881 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
3882 {
3883 if (bsp->breakpoint_at == breakpoint)
3884 return bsp;
3885 }
3886 return NULL;
3887 }
3888
3889 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
3890 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
3891 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
3892 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
3893
3894 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
3895 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
3896 we set it.
3897 Return 1 otherwise. */
3898
3899 int
3900 bpstat_num (bpstat *bsp, int *num)
3901 {
3902 struct breakpoint *b;
3903
3904 if ((*bsp) == NULL)
3905 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
3906
3907 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
3908 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
3909 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
3910 b = (*bsp)->breakpoint_at;
3911 *bsp = (*bsp)->next;
3912 if (b == NULL)
3913 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
3914
3915 *num = b->number; /* We have its number */
3916 return 1;
3917 }
3918
3919 /* See breakpoint.h. */
3920
3921 void
3922 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
3923 {
3924 struct thread_info *tp;
3925 bpstat bs;
3926
3927 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
3928 return;
3929
3930 tp = find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid);
3931 if (tp == NULL)
3932 return;
3933
3934 for (bs = tp->control.stop_bpstat; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
3935 {
3936 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
3937
3938 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
3939 {
3940 value_free (bs->old_val);
3941 bs->old_val = NULL;
3942 }
3943 }
3944 }
3945
3946 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
3947
3948 static void
3949 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
3950 {
3951 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
3952 {
3953 struct thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
3954
3955 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
3956 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
3957 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
3958 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
3959 if (tp->control.in_infcall)
3960 return;
3961 }
3962
3963 breakpoint_proceeded = 1;
3964 }
3965
3966 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
3967 command. */
3968 static void
3969 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore)
3970 {
3971 executing_breakpoint_commands = 0;
3972 }
3973
3974 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
3975 or its equivalent. */
3976
3977 static int
3978 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line *cmd)
3979 {
3980 return cmd && (strcmp ("silent", cmd->line) == 0
3981 || (xdb_commands && strcmp ("Q", cmd->line) == 0));
3982 }
3983
3984 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
3985 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
3986 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
3987 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
3988
3989 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
3990 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
3991 bpstat of the current thread. */
3992
3993 static int
3994 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat *bsp)
3995 {
3996 bpstat bs;
3997 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3998 int again = 0;
3999
4000 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4001 in bs->commands. */
4002 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
4003 return 0;
4004
4005 executing_breakpoint_commands = 1;
4006 old_chain = make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints, 0);
4007
4008 prevent_dont_repeat ();
4009
4010 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4011 bs = *bsp;
4012
4013 breakpoint_proceeded = 0;
4014 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4015 {
4016 struct counted_command_line *ccmd;
4017 struct command_line *cmd;
4018 struct cleanup *this_cmd_tree_chain;
4019
4020 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4021
4022 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4023 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4024 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4025 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4026 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4027 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4028 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4029 the tree when we're done. */
4030 ccmd = bs->commands;
4031 bs->commands = NULL;
4032 this_cmd_tree_chain = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd);
4033 cmd = ccmd ? ccmd->commands : NULL;
4034 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd))
4035 {
4036 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4037 cmd = cmd->next;
4038 }
4039
4040 while (cmd != NULL)
4041 {
4042 execute_control_command (cmd);
4043
4044 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
4045 break;
4046 else
4047 cmd = cmd->next;
4048 }
4049
4050 /* We can free this command tree now. */
4051 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain);
4052
4053 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
4054 {
4055 if (target_can_async_p ())
4056 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4057 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4058 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4059 ;
4060 else
4061 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4062 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4063 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4064 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4065 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4066 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4067 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4068 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4069 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4070 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4071 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4072 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4073 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4074 again = 1;
4075 break;
4076 }
4077 }
4078 do_cleanups (old_chain);
4079 return again;
4080 }
4081
4082 void
4083 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4084 {
4085 struct cleanup *cleanup_if_error = make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
4086
4087 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4088 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid)
4089 && target_has_execution
4090 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid)
4091 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))
4092 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
4093 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
4094 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
4095 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4096 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control.stop_bpstat))
4097 break;
4098
4099 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error);
4100 }
4101
4102 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4103
4104 static void
4105 watchpoint_value_print (struct value *val, struct ui_file *stream)
4106 {
4107 if (val == NULL)
4108 fprintf_unfiltered (stream, _("<unreadable>"));
4109 else
4110 {
4111 struct value_print_options opts;
4112 get_user_print_options (&opts);
4113 value_print (val, stream, &opts);
4114 }
4115 }
4116
4117 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4118 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4119 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4120 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4121 normal_stop(). */
4122
4123 static enum print_stop_action
4124 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs)
4125 {
4126 switch (bs->print_it)
4127 {
4128 case print_it_noop:
4129 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4130 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4131 break;
4132
4133 case print_it_done:
4134 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4135 relevant messages. */
4136 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
4137 break;
4138
4139 case print_it_normal:
4140 {
4141 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4142
4143 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4144 which has since been deleted. */
4145 if (b == NULL)
4146 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4147
4148 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4149 return b->ops->print_it (bs);
4150 }
4151 break;
4152
4153 default:
4154 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4155 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4156 break;
4157 }
4158 }
4159
4160 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4161
4162 static void
4163 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint)
4164 {
4165 int any_deleted
4166 = !VEC_empty (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs);
4167 int any_added
4168 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs);
4169
4170 if (!is_catchpoint)
4171 {
4172 if (any_added || any_deleted)
4173 ui_out_text (current_uiout,
4174 _("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4175 else
4176 ui_out_text (current_uiout,
4177 _("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4178 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4179 }
4180
4181 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
4182 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "reason",
4183 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT));
4184
4185 if (any_deleted)
4186 {
4187 struct cleanup *cleanup;
4188 char *name;
4189 int ix;
4190
4191 ui_out_text (current_uiout, _(" Inferior unloaded "));
4192 cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout,
4193 "removed");
4194 for (ix = 0;
4195 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs,
4196 ix, name);
4197 ++ix)
4198 {
4199 if (ix > 0)
4200 ui_out_text (current_uiout, " ");
4201 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "library", name);
4202 ui_out_text (current_uiout, "\n");
4203 }
4204
4205 do_cleanups (cleanup);
4206 }
4207
4208 if (any_added)
4209 {
4210 struct so_list *iter;
4211 int ix;
4212 struct cleanup *cleanup;
4213
4214 ui_out_text (current_uiout, _(" Inferior loaded "));
4215 cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout,
4216 "added");
4217 for (ix = 0;
4218 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
4219 ix, iter);
4220 ++ix)
4221 {
4222 if (ix > 0)
4223 ui_out_text (current_uiout, " ");
4224 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "library", iter->so_name);
4225 ui_out_text (current_uiout, "\n");
4226 }
4227
4228 do_cleanups (cleanup);
4229 }
4230 }
4231
4232 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4233 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4234 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4235 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4236 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4237 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4238 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4239 routine is one of:
4240
4241 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4242 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4243 code to print the location. An example is
4244 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4245 the location.
4246 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4247 to also print the location part of the message.
4248 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4249 don't require a location appended to the end.
4250 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4251 further info to be printed. */
4252
4253 enum print_stop_action
4254 bpstat_print (bpstat bs, int kind)
4255 {
4256 int val;
4257
4258 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4259 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4260 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4261 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4262 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
4263 {
4264 val = print_bp_stop_message (bs);
4265 if (val == PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4266 || val == PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4267 || val == PRINT_NOTHING)
4268 return val;
4269 }
4270
4271 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4272 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4273 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4274 if (kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
4275 {
4276 print_solib_event (0);
4277 return PRINT_NOTHING;
4278 }
4279
4280 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4281 with and nothing was printed. */
4282 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4283 }
4284
4285 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero. This is
4286 used inside a catch_errors to evaluate the breakpoint condition.
4287 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
4288 "char *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
4289
4290 static int
4291 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp)
4292 {
4293 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
4294 int i = !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression *) exp));
4295
4296 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4297 return i;
4298 }
4299
4300 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4301
4302 static bpstat
4303 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location *bl, bpstat **bs_link_pointer)
4304 {
4305 bpstat bs;
4306
4307 bs = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs));
4308 bs->next = NULL;
4309 **bs_link_pointer = bs;
4310 *bs_link_pointer = &bs->next;
4311 bs->breakpoint_at = bl->owner;
4312 bs->bp_location_at = bl;
4313 incref_bp_location (bl);
4314 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
4315 bs->commands = NULL;
4316 bs->old_val = NULL;
4317 bs->print_it = print_it_normal;
4318 return bs;
4319 }
4320 \f
4321 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4322 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
4323
4324 int
4325 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus *ws)
4326 {
4327 int stopped_by_watchpoint = target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
4328 CORE_ADDR addr;
4329 struct breakpoint *b;
4330
4331 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint)
4332 {
4333 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
4334 as not triggered. */
4335 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4336 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4337 {
4338 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4339
4340 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
4341 }
4342
4343 return 0;
4344 }
4345
4346 if (!target_stopped_data_address (&current_target, &addr))
4347 {
4348 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
4349 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
4350 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4351 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4352 {
4353 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4354
4355 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_unknown;
4356 }
4357
4358 return stopped_by_watchpoint;
4359 }
4360
4361 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
4362 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
4363 triggered. */
4364
4365 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4366 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4367 {
4368 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4369 struct bp_location *loc;
4370
4371 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
4372 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
4373 {
4374 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b))
4375 {
4376 CORE_ADDR newaddr = addr & w->hw_wp_mask;
4377 CORE_ADDR start = loc->address & w->hw_wp_mask;
4378
4379 if (newaddr == start)
4380 {
4381 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4382 break;
4383 }
4384 }
4385 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
4386 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (&current_target,
4387 addr, loc->address,
4388 loc->length))
4389 {
4390 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4391 break;
4392 }
4393 }
4394 }
4395
4396 return 1;
4397 }
4398
4399 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
4400 because of check_errors). */
4401 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
4402 #define WP_DELETED 1
4403 /* The value has changed. */
4404 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
4405 /* The value has not changed. */
4406 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
4407 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
4408 #define WP_IGNORE 4
4409
4410 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
4411 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
4412
4413 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
4414 changed.
4415
4416 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
4417 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
4418
4419 static int
4420 watchpoint_check (void *p)
4421 {
4422 bpstat bs = (bpstat) p;
4423 struct watchpoint *b;
4424 struct frame_info *fr;
4425 int within_current_scope;
4426
4427 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
4428 gdb_assert (bs->breakpoint_at != NULL);
4429 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
4430
4431 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
4432 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
4433 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
4434 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
4435 return WP_IGNORE;
4436
4437 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
4438 within_current_scope = 1;
4439 else
4440 {
4441 struct frame_info *frame = get_current_frame ();
4442 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (frame);
4443 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (frame);
4444
4445 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
4446 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
4447 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
4448 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
4449 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
4450 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
4451 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
4452 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
4453 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
4454 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
4455 return WP_IGNORE;
4456
4457 fr = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
4458 within_current_scope = (fr != NULL);
4459
4460 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
4461 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
4462 if (within_current_scope)
4463 {
4464 struct symbol *function;
4465
4466 function = get_frame_function (fr);
4467 if (function == NULL
4468 || !contained_in (b->exp_valid_block,
4469 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function)))
4470 within_current_scope = 0;
4471 }
4472
4473 if (within_current_scope)
4474 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
4475 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
4476 the user. */
4477 select_frame (fr);
4478 }
4479
4480 if (within_current_scope)
4481 {
4482 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
4483 time before we return to the command level and call
4484 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
4485 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
4486
4487 int pc = 0;
4488 struct value *mark;
4489 struct value *new_val;
4490
4491 if (is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
4492 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
4493 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
4494 a mask watchpoint. */
4495 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
4496
4497 mark = value_mark ();
4498 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &new_val, NULL, NULL);
4499
4500 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
4501 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
4502 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
4503 not what we want. */
4504 if ((b->val != NULL) != (new_val != NULL)
4505 || (b->val != NULL && !value_equal_contents (b->val, new_val)))
4506 {
4507 if (new_val != NULL)
4508 {
4509 release_value (new_val);
4510 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4511 }
4512 bs->old_val = b->val;
4513 b->val = new_val;
4514 b->val_valid = 1;
4515 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
4516 }
4517 else
4518 {
4519 /* Nothing changed. */
4520 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4521 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED;
4522 }
4523 }
4524 else
4525 {
4526 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
4527
4528 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
4529 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
4530 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
4531 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
4532 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
4533 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
4534 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
4535 the first value assigned). */
4536 /* We print all the stop information in
4537 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
4538 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
4539 already. So we have no choice but print the information
4540 here. */
4541 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
4542 ui_out_field_string
4543 (uiout, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE));
4544 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nWatchpoint ");
4545 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "wpnum", b->base.number);
4546 ui_out_text (uiout,
4547 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
4548 which its expression is valid.\n");
4549
4550 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
4551 decref_counted_command_line (&b->base.commands);
4552 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
4553
4554 return WP_DELETED;
4555 }
4556 }
4557
4558 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
4559 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
4560 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
4561
4562 static int
4563 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location *bl,
4564 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
4565 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
4566 {
4567 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
4568
4569 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
4570 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
4571
4572 return b->ops->breakpoint_hit (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws);
4573 }
4574
4575 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
4576 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
4577
4578 static void
4579 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
4580 {
4581 const struct bp_location *bl;
4582 struct watchpoint *b;
4583
4584 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
4585 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
4586 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
4587 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
4588 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
4589
4590 {
4591 int must_check_value = 0;
4592
4593 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
4594 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
4595 watched value. */
4596 must_check_value = 1;
4597 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_yes)
4598 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
4599 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
4600 this watchpoint. */
4601 must_check_value = 1;
4602 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_unknown
4603 && b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
4604 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
4605 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
4606 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
4607 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
4608 must_check_value = 1;
4609
4610 if (must_check_value)
4611 {
4612 char *message
4613 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
4614 b->base.number);
4615 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
4616 int e = catch_errors (watchpoint_check, bs, message,
4617 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
4618 do_cleanups (cleanups);
4619 switch (e)
4620 {
4621 case WP_DELETED:
4622 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
4623 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
4624 /* Stop. */
4625 break;
4626 case WP_IGNORE:
4627 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4628 bs->stop = 0;
4629 break;
4630 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED:
4631 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
4632 {
4633 /* There are two cases to consider here:
4634
4635 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
4636 In that case, trust the target, and always report
4637 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
4638 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
4639 have changed since the last time it was read, and
4640 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
4641 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
4642 old value.
4643
4644 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
4645 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
4646 happen:
4647
4648 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
4649 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
4650 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
4651 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
4652
4653 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
4654 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
4655 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
4656 watchpoint.
4657
4658 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
4659 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
4660 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
4661 changes. This still gives false positives when
4662 the program writes the same value to memory as
4663 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
4664 it for a read), but it's much better than
4665 nothing. */
4666
4667 int other_write_watchpoint = 0;
4668
4669 if (bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
4670 {
4671 struct breakpoint *other_b;
4672
4673 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b)
4674 if (other_b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
4675 || other_b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
4676 {
4677 struct watchpoint *other_w =
4678 (struct watchpoint *) other_b;
4679
4680 if (other_w->watchpoint_triggered
4681 == watch_triggered_yes)
4682 {
4683 other_write_watchpoint = 1;
4684 break;
4685 }
4686 }
4687 }
4688
4689 if (other_write_watchpoint
4690 || bl->watchpoint_type == hw_access)
4691 {
4692 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
4693 and the value changed since the last time we
4694 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
4695 Ignore it. */
4696 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4697 bs->stop = 0;
4698 }
4699 }
4700 break;
4701 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED:
4702 if (b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
4703 || b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
4704 {
4705 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
4706 the value hasn't changed. */
4707 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4708 bs->stop = 0;
4709 }
4710 /* Stop. */
4711 break;
4712 default:
4713 /* Can't happen. */
4714 case 0:
4715 /* Error from catch_errors. */
4716 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b->base.number);
4717 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
4718 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
4719 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
4720 break;
4721 }
4722 }
4723 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
4724 {
4725 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
4726 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
4727 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
4728 anything for this watchpoint. */
4729 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4730 bs->stop = 0;
4731 }
4732 }
4733 }
4734
4735
4736 /* Check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
4737 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
4738 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
4739
4740 static void
4741 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs, ptid_t ptid)
4742 {
4743 int thread_id = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
4744 const struct bp_location *bl;
4745 struct breakpoint *b;
4746
4747 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
4748 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
4749 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
4750 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4751 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
4752
4753 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
4754 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
4755 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
4756
4757 if (frame_id_p (b->frame_id)
4758 && !frame_id_eq (b->frame_id, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
4759 bs->stop = 0;
4760 else if (bs->stop)
4761 {
4762 int value_is_zero = 0;
4763 struct expression *cond;
4764
4765 /* Evaluate Python breakpoints that have a "stop"
4766 method implemented. */
4767 if (b->py_bp_object)
4768 bs->stop = gdbpy_should_stop (b->py_bp_object);
4769
4770 if (is_watchpoint (b))
4771 {
4772 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4773
4774 cond = w->cond_exp;
4775 }
4776 else
4777 cond = bl->cond;
4778
4779 if (cond && b->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
4780 {
4781 int within_current_scope = 1;
4782 struct watchpoint * w;
4783
4784 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
4785 be a long time before we return to the command level and
4786 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
4787 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
4788 function call. */
4789 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
4790
4791 if (is_watchpoint (b))
4792 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4793 else
4794 w = NULL;
4795
4796 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
4797 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
4798 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
4799 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
4800 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
4801 call site. */
4802 if (w == NULL || w->cond_exp_valid_block == NULL)
4803 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
4804 else
4805 {
4806 struct frame_info *frame;
4807
4808 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
4809 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
4810 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
4811 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
4812 really matter which instantiation of the function
4813 where the condition makes sense triggers the
4814 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
4815 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
4816 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
4817 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
4818 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
4819 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
4820 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
4821 intuitive. */
4822 frame = block_innermost_frame (w->cond_exp_valid_block);
4823 if (frame != NULL)
4824 select_frame (frame);
4825 else
4826 within_current_scope = 0;
4827 }
4828 if (within_current_scope)
4829 value_is_zero
4830 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval, cond,
4831 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
4832 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
4833 else
4834 {
4835 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
4836 "in the current scope"));
4837 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
4838 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
4839 value_is_zero = 0;
4840 }
4841 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
4842 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4843 }
4844
4845 if (cond && value_is_zero)
4846 {
4847 bs->stop = 0;
4848 }
4849 else if (b->thread != -1 && b->thread != thread_id)
4850 {
4851 bs->stop = 0;
4852 }
4853 else if (b->ignore_count > 0)
4854 {
4855 b->ignore_count--;
4856 annotate_ignore_count_change ();
4857 bs->stop = 0;
4858 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
4859 ++(b->hit_count);
4860 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
4861 }
4862 }
4863 }
4864
4865
4866 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
4867 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
4868
4869 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
4870 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
4871 that:
4872
4873 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
4874
4875 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
4876
4877 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
4878 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
4879 several reasons concurrently.)
4880
4881 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
4882 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
4883
4884 bpstat
4885 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space *aspace,
4886 CORE_ADDR bp_addr, ptid_t ptid,
4887 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
4888 {
4889 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
4890 struct bp_location *bl;
4891 struct bp_location *loc;
4892 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
4893 bpstat bs_head = NULL, *bs_link = &bs_head;
4894 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
4895 bpstat bs;
4896 int ix;
4897 int need_remove_insert;
4898 int removed_any;
4899
4900 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
4901 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
4902 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
4903 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
4904 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
4905 inferior function calls. */
4906
4907 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4908 {
4909 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
4910 continue;
4911
4912 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
4913 {
4914 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
4915 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
4916 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
4917 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
4918 checked all locations already. */
4919 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint && bl != b->loc)
4920 break;
4921
4922 if (bl->shlib_disabled)
4923 continue;
4924
4925 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
4926 continue;
4927
4928 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
4929 matches. */
4930
4931 bs = bpstat_alloc (bl, &bs_link); /* Alloc a bpstat to
4932 explain stop. */
4933
4934 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
4935 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
4936 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
4937 bs->stop = 1;
4938 bs->print = 1;
4939
4940 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
4941 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
4942 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
4943 iteration. */
4944 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint_scope && b->related_breakpoint != b)
4945 {
4946 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b->related_breakpoint;
4947
4948 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4949 }
4950 }
4951 }
4952
4953 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
4954 {
4955 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, bp_addr))
4956 {
4957 bs = bpstat_alloc (loc, &bs_link);
4958 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
4959 bs->stop = 0;
4960 bs->print = 0;
4961 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4962 }
4963 }
4964
4965 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
4966 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
4967 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
4968 "catch unload". */
4969 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4970 {
4971 if (bs->breakpoint_at && bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
4972 {
4973 handle_solib_event ();
4974 break;
4975 }
4976 }
4977
4978 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
4979 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
4980 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
4981
4982 removed_any = 0;
4983
4984 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4985 {
4986 if (!bs->stop)
4987 continue;
4988
4989 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4990 b->ops->check_status (bs);
4991 if (bs->stop)
4992 {
4993 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs, ptid);
4994
4995 if (bs->stop)
4996 {
4997 ++(b->hit_count);
4998 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
4999
5000 /* We will stop here. */
5001 if (b->disposition == disp_disable)
5002 {
5003 --(b->enable_count);
5004 if (b->enable_count <= 0
5005 && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
5006 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
5007 removed_any = 1;
5008 }
5009 if (b->silent)
5010 bs->print = 0;
5011 bs->commands = b->commands;
5012 incref_counted_command_line (bs->commands);
5013 if (command_line_is_silent (bs->commands
5014 ? bs->commands->commands : NULL))
5015 bs->print = 0;
5016 }
5017
5018 }
5019
5020 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5021 print. */
5022 if (!bs->stop || !bs->print)
5023 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5024 }
5025
5026 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5027 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5028 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5029 done later. */
5030 need_remove_insert = 0;
5031 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head))
5032 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5033 if (!bs->stop
5034 && bs->breakpoint_at
5035 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at))
5036 {
5037 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
5038
5039 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5040 need_remove_insert = 1;
5041 }
5042
5043 if (need_remove_insert)
5044 update_global_location_list (1);
5045 else if (removed_any)
5046 update_global_location_list (0);
5047
5048 return bs_head;
5049 }
5050
5051 static void
5052 handle_jit_event (void)
5053 {
5054 struct frame_info *frame;
5055 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
5056
5057 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5058 breakpoint_re_set. */
5059 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5060
5061 frame = get_current_frame ();
5062 gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
5063
5064 jit_event_handler (gdbarch);
5065
5066 target_terminal_inferior ();
5067 }
5068
5069 /* Handle an solib event by calling solib_add. */
5070
5071 void
5072 handle_solib_event (void)
5073 {
5074 clear_program_space_solib_cache (current_inferior ()->pspace);
5075
5076 /* Check for any newly added shared libraries if we're supposed to
5077 be adding them automatically. Switch terminal for any messages
5078 produced by breakpoint_re_set. */
5079 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5080 #ifdef SOLIB_ADD
5081 SOLIB_ADD (NULL, 0, &current_target, auto_solib_add);
5082 #else
5083 solib_add (NULL, 0, &current_target, auto_solib_add);
5084 #endif
5085 target_terminal_inferior ();
5086 }
5087
5088 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5089
5090 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5091
5092 struct bpstat_what
5093 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head)
5094 {
5095 struct bpstat_what retval;
5096 int jit_event = 0;
5097 bpstat bs;
5098
5099 retval.main_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5100 retval.call_dummy = STOP_NONE;
5101 retval.is_longjmp = 0;
5102
5103 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5104 {
5105 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5106 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5107 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5108 enum bptype bptype;
5109
5110 if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
5111 {
5112 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5113 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5114 bptype = bp_none;
5115 }
5116 else
5117 bptype = bs->breakpoint_at->type;
5118
5119 switch (bptype)
5120 {
5121 case bp_none:
5122 break;
5123 case bp_breakpoint:
5124 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
5125 case bp_until:
5126 case bp_finish:
5127 case bp_shlib_event:
5128 if (bs->stop)
5129 {
5130 if (bs->print)
5131 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5132 else
5133 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5134 }
5135 else
5136 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5137 break;
5138 case bp_watchpoint:
5139 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
5140 case bp_read_watchpoint:
5141 case bp_access_watchpoint:
5142 if (bs->stop)
5143 {
5144 if (bs->print)
5145 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5146 else
5147 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5148 }
5149 else
5150 {
5151 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5152 This requires no further action. */
5153 }
5154 break;
5155 case bp_longjmp:
5156 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
5157 case bp_exception:
5158 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME;
5159 retval.is_longjmp = bptype != bp_exception;
5160 break;
5161 case bp_longjmp_resume:
5162 case bp_exception_resume:
5163 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME;
5164 retval.is_longjmp = bptype == bp_longjmp_resume;
5165 break;
5166 case bp_step_resume:
5167 if (bs->stop)
5168 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME;
5169 else
5170 {
5171 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5172 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5173 }
5174 break;
5175 case bp_hp_step_resume:
5176 if (bs->stop)
5177 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME;
5178 else
5179 {
5180 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5181 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5182 }
5183 break;
5184 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5185 case bp_thread_event:
5186 case bp_overlay_event:
5187 case bp_longjmp_master:
5188 case bp_std_terminate_master:
5189 case bp_exception_master:
5190 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5191 break;
5192 case bp_catchpoint:
5193 if (bs->stop)
5194 {
5195 if (bs->print)
5196 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5197 else
5198 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5199 }
5200 else
5201 {
5202 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5203 This requires no further action. */
5204 }
5205 break;
5206 case bp_jit_event:
5207 jit_event = 1;
5208 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5209 break;
5210 case bp_call_dummy:
5211 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5212 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5213 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STACK_DUMMY;
5214 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5215 break;
5216 case bp_std_terminate:
5217 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5218 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5219 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STD_TERMINATE;
5220 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5221 break;
5222 case bp_tracepoint:
5223 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
5224 case bp_static_tracepoint:
5225 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5226 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5227 out already. */
5228 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5229 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5230 break;
5231 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5232 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5233 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5234 break;
5235 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5236 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5237 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5238 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5239 break;
5240
5241 case bp_dprintf:
5242 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5243 break;
5244
5245 default:
5246 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5247 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype);
5248 }
5249
5250 retval.main_action = max (retval.main_action, this_action);
5251 }
5252
5253 /* These operations may affect the bs->breakpoint_at state so they are
5254 delayed after MAIN_ACTION is decided above. */
5255
5256 if (jit_event)
5257 {
5258 if (debug_infrun)
5259 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, "bpstat_what: bp_jit_event\n");
5260
5261 handle_jit_event ();
5262 }
5263
5264 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5265 {
5266 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5267
5268 if (b == NULL)
5269 continue;
5270 switch (b->type)
5271 {
5272 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5273 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b);
5274 break;
5275 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5276 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b);
5277 break;
5278 }
5279 }
5280
5281 return retval;
5282 }
5283
5284 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
5285 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
5286 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
5287
5288 int
5289 bpstat_should_step (void)
5290 {
5291 struct breakpoint *b;
5292
5293 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5294 if (breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc != NULL)
5295 return 1;
5296 return 0;
5297 }
5298
5299 int
5300 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs)
5301 {
5302 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5303 if (bs->stop)
5304 return 1;
5305
5306 return 0;
5307 }
5308
5309 \f
5310
5311 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
5312 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
5313 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
5314
5315 static char *
5316 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out *uiout, const char *col_name)
5317 {
5318 static char wrap_indent[80];
5319 int i, total_width, width, align;
5320 char *text;
5321
5322 total_width = 0;
5323 for (i = 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout, i, &width, &align, &text); i++)
5324 {
5325 if (strcmp (text, col_name) == 0)
5326 {
5327 gdb_assert (total_width < sizeof wrap_indent);
5328 memset (wrap_indent, ' ', total_width);
5329 wrap_indent[total_width] = 0;
5330
5331 return wrap_indent;
5332 }
5333
5334 total_width += width + 1;
5335 }
5336
5337 return NULL;
5338 }
5339
5340 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
5341 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
5342
5343 "host": Host evals condition.
5344 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
5345 "target": Target evals condition.
5346 */
5347
5348 static const char *
5349 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint *b)
5350 {
5351 struct bp_location *bl;
5352 char host_evals = 0;
5353 char target_evals = 0;
5354
5355 if (!b)
5356 return NULL;
5357
5358 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
5359 return NULL;
5360
5361 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5362 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5363 return condition_evaluation_host;
5364
5365 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
5366 {
5367 if (bl->cond_bytecode)
5368 target_evals++;
5369 else
5370 host_evals++;
5371 }
5372
5373 if (host_evals && target_evals)
5374 return condition_evaluation_both;
5375 else if (target_evals)
5376 return condition_evaluation_target;
5377 else
5378 return condition_evaluation_host;
5379 }
5380
5381 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
5382 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
5383
5384 static const char *
5385 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location *bl)
5386 {
5387 if (bl && !is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
5388 return NULL;
5389
5390 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5391 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5392 return condition_evaluation_host;
5393
5394 if (bl && bl->cond_bytecode)
5395 return condition_evaluation_target;
5396 else
5397 return condition_evaluation_host;
5398 }
5399
5400 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
5401
5402 static void
5403 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
5404 struct bp_location *loc)
5405 {
5406 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5407 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
5408
5409 if (loc != NULL && loc->shlib_disabled)
5410 loc = NULL;
5411
5412 if (loc != NULL)
5413 set_current_program_space (loc->pspace);
5414
5415 if (b->display_canonical)
5416 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->addr_string);
5417 else if (loc && loc->source_file)
5418 {
5419 struct symbol *sym
5420 = find_pc_sect_function (loc->address, loc->section);
5421 if (sym)
5422 {
5423 ui_out_text (uiout, "in ");
5424 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
5425 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
5426 ui_out_text (uiout, " ");
5427 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout, "what"));
5428 ui_out_text (uiout, "at ");
5429 }
5430 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file", loc->source_file);
5431 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
5432
5433 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
5434 {
5435 struct symtab_and_line sal = find_pc_line (loc->address, 0);
5436 char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal.symtab);
5437
5438 if (fullname)
5439 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
5440 }
5441
5442 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", loc->line_number);
5443 }
5444 else if (loc)
5445 {
5446 struct ui_file *stb = mem_fileopen ();
5447 struct cleanup *stb_chain = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
5448
5449 print_address_symbolic (loc->gdbarch, loc->address, stb,
5450 demangle, "");
5451 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "at", stb);
5452
5453 do_cleanups (stb_chain);
5454 }
5455 else
5456 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "pending", b->addr_string);
5457
5458 if (loc && is_breakpoint (b)
5459 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
5460 && bp_condition_evaluator (b) == condition_evaluation_both)
5461 {
5462 ui_out_text (uiout, " (");
5463 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "evaluated-by",
5464 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc));
5465 ui_out_text (uiout, ")");
5466 }
5467
5468 do_cleanups (old_chain);
5469 }
5470
5471 static const char *
5472 bptype_string (enum bptype type)
5473 {
5474 struct ep_type_description
5475 {
5476 enum bptype type;
5477 char *description;
5478 };
5479 static struct ep_type_description bptypes[] =
5480 {
5481 {bp_none, "?deleted?"},
5482 {bp_breakpoint, "breakpoint"},
5483 {bp_hardware_breakpoint, "hw breakpoint"},
5484 {bp_until, "until"},
5485 {bp_finish, "finish"},
5486 {bp_watchpoint, "watchpoint"},
5487 {bp_hardware_watchpoint, "hw watchpoint"},
5488 {bp_read_watchpoint, "read watchpoint"},
5489 {bp_access_watchpoint, "acc watchpoint"},
5490 {bp_longjmp, "longjmp"},
5491 {bp_longjmp_resume, "longjmp resume"},
5492 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy, "longjmp for call dummy"},
5493 {bp_exception, "exception"},
5494 {bp_exception_resume, "exception resume"},
5495 {bp_step_resume, "step resume"},
5496 {bp_hp_step_resume, "high-priority step resume"},
5497 {bp_watchpoint_scope, "watchpoint scope"},
5498 {bp_call_dummy, "call dummy"},
5499 {bp_std_terminate, "std::terminate"},
5500 {bp_shlib_event, "shlib events"},
5501 {bp_thread_event, "thread events"},
5502 {bp_overlay_event, "overlay events"},
5503 {bp_longjmp_master, "longjmp master"},
5504 {bp_std_terminate_master, "std::terminate master"},
5505 {bp_exception_master, "exception master"},
5506 {bp_catchpoint, "catchpoint"},
5507 {bp_tracepoint, "tracepoint"},
5508 {bp_fast_tracepoint, "fast tracepoint"},
5509 {bp_static_tracepoint, "static tracepoint"},
5510 {bp_dprintf, "dprintf"},
5511 {bp_jit_event, "jit events"},
5512 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
5513 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
5514 };
5515
5516 if (((int) type >= (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
5517 || ((int) type != bptypes[(int) type].type))
5518 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5519 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
5520 (int) type);
5521
5522 return bptypes[(int) type].description;
5523 }
5524
5525 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
5526
5527 static void
5528 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
5529 struct bp_location *loc,
5530 int loc_number,
5531 struct bp_location **last_loc,
5532 int allflag)
5533 {
5534 struct command_line *l;
5535 static char bpenables[] = "nynny";
5536
5537 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5538 int header_of_multiple = 0;
5539 int part_of_multiple = (loc != NULL);
5540 struct value_print_options opts;
5541
5542 get_user_print_options (&opts);
5543
5544 gdb_assert (!loc || loc_number != 0);
5545 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
5546 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
5547 if (loc == NULL
5548 && (b->loc != NULL
5549 && (b->loc->next != NULL || !b->loc->enabled)))
5550 header_of_multiple = 1;
5551 if (loc == NULL)
5552 loc = b->loc;
5553
5554 annotate_record ();
5555
5556 /* 1 */
5557 annotate_field (0);
5558 if (part_of_multiple)
5559 {
5560 char *formatted;
5561 formatted = xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b->number, loc_number);
5562 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "number", formatted);
5563 xfree (formatted);
5564 }
5565 else
5566 {
5567 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
5568 }
5569
5570 /* 2 */
5571 annotate_field (1);
5572 if (part_of_multiple)
5573 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "type");
5574 else
5575 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptype_string (b->type));
5576
5577 /* 3 */
5578 annotate_field (2);
5579 if (part_of_multiple)
5580 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "disp");
5581 else
5582 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
5583
5584
5585 /* 4 */
5586 annotate_field (3);
5587 if (part_of_multiple)
5588 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "enabled", loc->enabled ? "y" : "n");
5589 else
5590 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c",
5591 bpenables[(int) b->enable_state]);
5592 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 2);
5593
5594
5595 /* 5 and 6 */
5596 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_one != NULL)
5597 {
5598 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
5599 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
5600 make sure there's just one location. */
5601 gdb_assert (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->next == NULL);
5602 b->ops->print_one (b, last_loc);
5603 }
5604 else
5605 switch (b->type)
5606 {
5607 case bp_none:
5608 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5609 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
5610 break;
5611
5612 case bp_watchpoint:
5613 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
5614 case bp_read_watchpoint:
5615 case bp_access_watchpoint:
5616 {
5617 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5618
5619 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
5620 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
5621 is relatively readable). */
5622 if (opts.addressprint)
5623 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
5624 annotate_field (5);
5625 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", w->exp_string);
5626 }
5627 break;
5628
5629 case bp_breakpoint:
5630 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
5631 case bp_until:
5632 case bp_finish:
5633 case bp_longjmp:
5634 case bp_longjmp_resume:
5635 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
5636 case bp_exception:
5637 case bp_exception_resume:
5638 case bp_step_resume:
5639 case bp_hp_step_resume:
5640 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5641 case bp_call_dummy:
5642 case bp_std_terminate:
5643 case bp_shlib_event:
5644 case bp_thread_event:
5645 case bp_overlay_event:
5646 case bp_longjmp_master:
5647 case bp_std_terminate_master:
5648 case bp_exception_master:
5649 case bp_tracepoint:
5650 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
5651 case bp_static_tracepoint:
5652 case bp_dprintf:
5653 case bp_jit_event:
5654 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5655 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5656 if (opts.addressprint)
5657 {
5658 annotate_field (4);
5659 if (header_of_multiple)
5660 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
5661 else if (b->loc == NULL || loc->shlib_disabled)
5662 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
5663 else
5664 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr",
5665 loc->gdbarch, loc->address);
5666 }
5667 annotate_field (5);
5668 if (!header_of_multiple)
5669 print_breakpoint_location (b, loc);
5670 if (b->loc)
5671 *last_loc = b->loc;
5672 break;
5673 }
5674
5675
5676 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors unless there
5677 are several. */
5678 if (loc != NULL
5679 && !header_of_multiple
5680 && (allflag
5681 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
5682 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
5683 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
5684 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
5685 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
5686 && loc->owner->type != bp_catchpoint)))
5687 {
5688 struct inferior *inf;
5689 int first = 1;
5690
5691 for (inf = inferior_list; inf != NULL; inf = inf->next)
5692 {
5693 if (inf->pspace == loc->pspace)
5694 {
5695 if (first)
5696 {
5697 first = 0;
5698 ui_out_text (uiout, " inf ");
5699 }
5700 else
5701 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
5702 ui_out_text (uiout, plongest (inf->num));
5703 }
5704 }
5705 }
5706
5707 if (!part_of_multiple)
5708 {
5709 if (b->thread != -1)
5710 {
5711 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
5712 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
5713 ui_out_text (uiout, " thread ");
5714 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
5715 }
5716 else if (b->task != 0)
5717 {
5718 ui_out_text (uiout, " task ");
5719 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "task", b->task);
5720 }
5721 }
5722
5723 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
5724
5725 if (!part_of_multiple)
5726 b->ops->print_one_detail (b, uiout);
5727
5728 if (part_of_multiple && frame_id_p (b->frame_id))
5729 {
5730 annotate_field (6);
5731 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
5732 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
5733 the frame ID. */
5734 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "frame",
5735 b->gdbarch, b->frame_id.stack_addr);
5736 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
5737 }
5738
5739 if (!part_of_multiple && b->cond_string)
5740 {
5741 annotate_field (7);
5742 if (is_tracepoint (b))
5743 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace only if ");
5744 else
5745 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only if ");
5746 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "cond", b->cond_string);
5747
5748 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
5749 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
5750 if (is_breakpoint (b)
5751 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
5752 == condition_evaluation_target)
5753 {
5754 ui_out_text (uiout, " (");
5755 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "evaluated-by",
5756 bp_condition_evaluator (b));
5757 ui_out_text (uiout, " evals)");
5758 }
5759 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
5760 }
5761
5762 if (!part_of_multiple && b->thread != -1)
5763 {
5764 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
5765 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in thread ");
5766 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
5767 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
5768 }
5769
5770 if (!part_of_multiple && b->hit_count)
5771 {
5772 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
5773 if (is_catchpoint (b))
5774 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tcatchpoint");
5775 else if (is_tracepoint (b))
5776 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttracepoint");
5777 else
5778 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tbreakpoint");
5779 ui_out_text (uiout, " already hit ");
5780 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
5781 if (b->hit_count == 1)
5782 ui_out_text (uiout, " time\n");
5783 else
5784 ui_out_text (uiout, " times\n");
5785 }
5786
5787 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi.
5788 FIXME: Should have a better test for this. */
5789 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
5790 if (!part_of_multiple && b->hit_count == 0)
5791 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
5792
5793 if (!part_of_multiple && b->ignore_count)
5794 {
5795 annotate_field (8);
5796 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tignore next ");
5797 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "ignore", b->ignore_count);
5798 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
5799 }
5800
5801 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
5802 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
5803 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
5804 if (!part_of_multiple && b->enable_count > 1)
5805 {
5806 annotate_field (8);
5807 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tdisable after ");
5808 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
5809 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
5810 if (b->ignore_count)
5811 ui_out_text (uiout, "additional ");
5812 else
5813 ui_out_text (uiout, "next ");
5814 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "enable", b->enable_count);
5815 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
5816 }
5817
5818 if (!part_of_multiple && is_tracepoint (b))
5819 {
5820 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
5821
5822 if (tp->traceframe_usage)
5823 {
5824 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace buffer usage ");
5825 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "traceframe-usage", tp->traceframe_usage);
5826 ui_out_text (uiout, " bytes\n");
5827 }
5828 }
5829
5830 l = b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
5831 if (!part_of_multiple && l)
5832 {
5833 struct cleanup *script_chain;
5834
5835 annotate_field (9);
5836 script_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "script");
5837 print_command_lines (uiout, l, 4);
5838 do_cleanups (script_chain);
5839 }
5840
5841 if (is_tracepoint (b))
5842 {
5843 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
5844
5845 if (!part_of_multiple && t->pass_count)
5846 {
5847 annotate_field (10);
5848 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tpass count ");
5849 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "pass", t->pass_count);
5850 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
5851 }
5852 }
5853
5854 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout) && !part_of_multiple)
5855 {
5856 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5857 {
5858 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5859
5860 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", w->exp_string);
5861 }
5862 else if (b->addr_string)
5863 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", b->addr_string);
5864 }
5865 }
5866
5867 static void
5868 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
5869 struct bp_location **last_loc,
5870 int allflag)
5871 {
5872 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain;
5873 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5874
5875 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "bkpt");
5876
5877 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, NULL, 0, last_loc, allflag);
5878 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
5879
5880 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
5881 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
5882 locations, if any. */
5883 if (b->ops == NULL || b->ops->print_one == NULL)
5884 {
5885 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
5886 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
5887 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
5888 situation.
5889
5890 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
5891 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
5892 if (b->loc
5893 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
5894 && (b->loc->next || !b->loc->enabled))
5895 {
5896 struct bp_location *loc;
5897 int n = 1;
5898
5899 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next, ++n)
5900 {
5901 struct cleanup *inner2 =
5902 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, NULL);
5903 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, loc, n, last_loc, allflag);
5904 do_cleanups (inner2);
5905 }
5906 }
5907 }
5908 }
5909
5910 static int
5911 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint *b)
5912 {
5913 int print_address_bits = 0;
5914 struct bp_location *loc;
5915
5916 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
5917 {
5918 int addr_bit;
5919
5920 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
5921 an address to print. */
5922 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && loc->watchpoint_type == -1)
5923 continue;
5924
5925 addr_bit = gdbarch_addr_bit (loc->gdbarch);
5926 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
5927 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
5928 }
5929
5930 return print_address_bits;
5931 }
5932
5933 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
5934 {
5935 int bnum;
5936 };
5937
5938 static int
5939 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, void *data)
5940 {
5941 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args *args = data;
5942 struct breakpoint *b;
5943 struct bp_location *dummy_loc = NULL;
5944
5945 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5946 {
5947 if (args->bnum == b->number)
5948 {
5949 print_one_breakpoint (b, &dummy_loc, 0);
5950 return GDB_RC_OK;
5951 }
5952 }
5953 return GDB_RC_NONE;
5954 }
5955
5956 enum gdb_rc
5957 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, int bnum,
5958 char **error_message)
5959 {
5960 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args;
5961
5962 args.bnum = bnum;
5963 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
5964 an error. */
5965 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout, do_captured_breakpoint_query, &args,
5966 error_message, RETURN_MASK_ALL) < 0)
5967 return GDB_RC_FAIL;
5968 else
5969 return GDB_RC_OK;
5970 }
5971
5972 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
5973 internal or momentary. */
5974
5975 int
5976 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
5977 {
5978 return b->number > 0;
5979 }
5980
5981 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
5982 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
5983 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
5984 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
5985 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
5986 breakpoints listed. */
5987
5988 static int
5989 breakpoint_1 (char *args, int allflag,
5990 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
5991 {
5992 struct breakpoint *b;
5993 struct bp_location *last_loc = NULL;
5994 int nr_printable_breakpoints;
5995 struct cleanup *bkpttbl_chain;
5996 struct value_print_options opts;
5997 int print_address_bits = 0;
5998 int print_type_col_width = 14;
5999 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6000
6001 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6002
6003 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6004 required for address fields. */
6005 nr_printable_breakpoints = 0;
6006 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6007 {
6008 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6009 if (filter && !filter (b))
6010 continue;
6011
6012 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6013 accept. Skip the others. */
6014 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
6015 {
6016 if (allflag && parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
6017 continue;
6018 if (!allflag && !number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
6019 continue;
6020 }
6021
6022 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
6023 {
6024 int addr_bit, type_len;
6025
6026 addr_bit = breakpoint_address_bits (b);
6027 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
6028 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
6029
6030 type_len = strlen (bptype_string (b->type));
6031 if (type_len > print_type_col_width)
6032 print_type_col_width = type_len;
6033
6034 nr_printable_breakpoints++;
6035 }
6036 }
6037
6038 if (opts.addressprint)
6039 bkpttbl_chain
6040 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 6,
6041 nr_printable_breakpoints,
6042 "BreakpointTable");
6043 else
6044 bkpttbl_chain
6045 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 5,
6046 nr_printable_breakpoints,
6047 "BreakpointTable");
6048
6049 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6050 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6051 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6052 annotate_field (0);
6053 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 7, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6054 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6055 annotate_field (1);
6056 ui_out_table_header (uiout, print_type_col_width, ui_left,
6057 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6058 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6059 annotate_field (2);
6060 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6061 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6062 annotate_field (3);
6063 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6064 if (opts.addressprint)
6065 {
6066 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6067 annotate_field (4);
6068 if (print_address_bits <= 32)
6069 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left,
6070 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6071 else
6072 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left,
6073 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6074 }
6075 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6076 annotate_field (5);
6077 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6078 ui_out_table_body (uiout);
6079 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6080 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6081
6082 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6083 {
6084 QUIT;
6085 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6086 if (filter && !filter (b))
6087 continue;
6088
6089 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6090 accept. Skip the others. */
6091
6092 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
6093 {
6094 if (allflag) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6095 {
6096 if (parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
6097 continue;
6098 }
6099 else /* all others */
6100 {
6101 if (!number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
6102 continue;
6103 }
6104 }
6105 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6106 allflag is set. */
6107 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
6108 print_one_breakpoint (b, &last_loc, allflag);
6109 }
6110
6111 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain);
6112
6113 if (nr_printable_breakpoints == 0)
6114 {
6115 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6116 empty list. */
6117 if (!filter)
6118 {
6119 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
6120 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6121 else
6122 ui_out_message (uiout, 0,
6123 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6124 args);
6125 }
6126 }
6127 else
6128 {
6129 if (last_loc && !server_command)
6130 set_next_address (last_loc->gdbarch, last_loc->address);
6131 }
6132
6133 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6134 there have been breakpoints? */
6135 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6136
6137 return nr_printable_breakpoints;
6138 }
6139
6140 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6141 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6142
6143 static void
6144 default_collect_info (void)
6145 {
6146 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6147
6148 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6149 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6150 not wanted. */
6151 if (!*default_collect)
6152 return;
6153
6154 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6155 actions. */
6156 ui_out_text (uiout, "default collect ");
6157 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "default-collect", default_collect);
6158 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
6159 }
6160
6161 static void
6162 breakpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
6163 {
6164 breakpoint_1 (args, 0, NULL);
6165
6166 default_collect_info ();
6167 }
6168
6169 static void
6170 watchpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
6171 {
6172 int num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_watchpoint);
6173 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6174
6175 if (num_printed == 0)
6176 {
6177 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
6178 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
6179 else
6180 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
6181 }
6182 }
6183
6184 static void
6185 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args, int from_tty)
6186 {
6187 breakpoint_1 (args, 1, NULL);
6188
6189 default_collect_info ();
6190 }
6191
6192 static int
6193 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint *b,
6194 struct program_space *pspace,
6195 CORE_ADDR pc, struct obj_section *section)
6196 {
6197 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
6198
6199 for (; bl; bl = bl->next)
6200 {
6201 if (bl->pspace == pspace
6202 && bl->address == pc
6203 && (!overlay_debugging || bl->section == section))
6204 return 1;
6205 }
6206 return 0;
6207 }
6208
6209 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6210 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
6211 address spaces. */
6212
6213 static void
6214 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6215 struct program_space *pspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
6216 struct obj_section *section, int thread)
6217 {
6218 int others = 0;
6219 struct breakpoint *b;
6220
6221 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6222 others += (user_breakpoint_p (b)
6223 && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section));
6224 if (others > 0)
6225 {
6226 if (others == 1)
6227 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
6228 else /* if (others == ???) */
6229 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
6230 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6231 if (user_breakpoint_p (b) && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section))
6232 {
6233 others--;
6234 printf_filtered ("%d", b->number);
6235 if (b->thread == -1 && thread != -1)
6236 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
6237 else if (b->thread != -1)
6238 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b->thread);
6239 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
6240 ((b->enable_state == bp_disabled
6241 || b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
6242 ? " (disabled)"
6243 : b->enable_state == bp_permanent
6244 ? " (permanent)"
6245 : ""),
6246 (others > 1) ? ","
6247 : ((others == 1) ? " and" : ""));
6248 }
6249 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
6250 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch, pc), gdb_stdout);
6251 printf_filtered (".\n");
6252 }
6253 }
6254 \f
6255
6256 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
6257 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
6258 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
6259 (or use it for any other purpose either).
6260
6261 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
6262 always have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark
6263 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
6264 breakpoint at address zero:
6265
6266 bp_watchpoint
6267 bp_catchpoint
6268
6269 */
6270
6271 static int
6272 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint *bpt)
6273 {
6274 enum bptype type = bpt->type;
6275
6276 return (type != bp_watchpoint && type != bp_catchpoint);
6277 }
6278
6279 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
6280 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
6281
6282 static int
6283 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6284 struct bp_location *loc2)
6285 {
6286 struct watchpoint *w1 = (struct watchpoint *) loc1->owner;
6287 struct watchpoint *w2 = (struct watchpoint *) loc2->owner;
6288
6289 /* Both of them must exist. */
6290 gdb_assert (w1 != NULL);
6291 gdb_assert (w2 != NULL);
6292
6293 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
6294 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
6295 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
6296 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
6297 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
6298 other watchpoint. */
6299 if ((w1->cond_exp
6300 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1->address,
6301 loc1->length,
6302 loc1->watchpoint_type,
6303 w1->cond_exp))
6304 || (w2->cond_exp
6305 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2->address,
6306 loc2->length,
6307 loc2->watchpoint_type,
6308 w2->cond_exp)))
6309 return 0;
6310
6311 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
6312 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
6313 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
6314 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
6315 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
6316 become hw_access locations later. */
6317 return (loc1->owner->type == loc2->owner->type
6318 && loc1->pspace->aspace == loc2->pspace->aspace
6319 && loc1->address == loc2->address
6320 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
6321 }
6322
6323 /* Returns true if {ASPACE1,ADDR1} and {ASPACE2,ADDR2} represent the
6324 same breakpoint location. In most targets, this can only be true
6325 if ASPACE1 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global
6326 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6327
6328 static int
6329 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
6330 struct address_space *aspace2, CORE_ADDR addr2)
6331 {
6332 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
6333 || aspace1 == aspace2)
6334 && addr1 == addr2);
6335 }
6336
6337 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
6338 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
6339 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
6340 space doesn't really matter. */
6341
6342 static int
6343 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
6344 int len1, struct address_space *aspace2,
6345 CORE_ADDR addr2)
6346 {
6347 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
6348 || aspace1 == aspace2)
6349 && addr2 >= addr1 && addr2 < addr1 + len1);
6350 }
6351
6352 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
6353 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
6354 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
6355 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6356
6357 static int
6358 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
6359 struct address_space *aspace,
6360 CORE_ADDR addr)
6361 {
6362 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
6363 aspace, addr)
6364 || (bl->length
6365 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace,
6366 bl->address, bl->length,
6367 aspace, addr)));
6368 }
6369
6370 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
6371 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
6372 true, otherwise returns false. */
6373
6374 static int
6375 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6376 struct bp_location *loc2)
6377 {
6378 if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) && is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
6379 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
6380 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
6381 different locations. */
6382 return (loc1->address == loc2->address && loc1->owner == loc2->owner);
6383 else
6384 return 0;
6385 }
6386
6387 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
6388 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
6389 represent the same location. */
6390
6391 static int
6392 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6393 struct bp_location *loc2)
6394 {
6395 int hw_point1, hw_point2;
6396
6397 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
6398 gdb_assert (loc1->owner != NULL);
6399 gdb_assert (loc2->owner != NULL);
6400
6401 hw_point1 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1->owner);
6402 hw_point2 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner);
6403
6404 if (hw_point1 != hw_point2)
6405 return 0;
6406 else if (hw_point1)
6407 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
6408 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) || is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
6409 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
6410 else
6411 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
6412 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1->pspace->aspace, loc1->address,
6413 loc2->pspace->aspace, loc2->address)
6414 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
6415 }
6416
6417 static void
6418 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr, CORE_ADDR to_addr,
6419 int bnum, int have_bnum)
6420 {
6421 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
6422 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
6423 char astr1[64];
6424 char astr2[64];
6425
6426 strcpy (astr1, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr, 8));
6427 strcpy (astr2, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr, 8));
6428 if (have_bnum)
6429 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
6430 bnum, astr1, astr2);
6431 else
6432 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1, astr2);
6433 }
6434
6435 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
6436 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
6437 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
6438 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
6439
6440 static CORE_ADDR
6441 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6442 CORE_ADDR bpaddr, enum bptype bptype)
6443 {
6444 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch))
6445 {
6446 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
6447 return bpaddr;
6448 }
6449 else if (bptype == bp_watchpoint
6450 || bptype == bp_hardware_watchpoint
6451 || bptype == bp_read_watchpoint
6452 || bptype == bp_access_watchpoint
6453 || bptype == bp_catchpoint)
6454 {
6455 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
6456 have their addresses modified. */
6457 return bpaddr;
6458 }
6459 else
6460 {
6461 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr;
6462
6463 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
6464 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
6465 adjusted_bpaddr = gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch, bpaddr);
6466
6467 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
6468 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
6469 is required. */
6470 if (adjusted_bpaddr != bpaddr)
6471 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr, adjusted_bpaddr, 0, 0);
6472
6473 return adjusted_bpaddr;
6474 }
6475 }
6476
6477 void
6478 init_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc, const struct bp_location_ops *ops,
6479 struct breakpoint *owner)
6480 {
6481 memset (loc, 0, sizeof (*loc));
6482
6483 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
6484
6485 loc->ops = ops;
6486 loc->owner = owner;
6487 loc->cond = NULL;
6488 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
6489 loc->shlib_disabled = 0;
6490 loc->enabled = 1;
6491
6492 switch (owner->type)
6493 {
6494 case bp_breakpoint:
6495 case bp_until:
6496 case bp_finish:
6497 case bp_longjmp:
6498 case bp_longjmp_resume:
6499 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
6500 case bp_exception:
6501 case bp_exception_resume:
6502 case bp_step_resume:
6503 case bp_hp_step_resume:
6504 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
6505 case bp_call_dummy:
6506 case bp_std_terminate:
6507 case bp_shlib_event:
6508 case bp_thread_event:
6509 case bp_overlay_event:
6510 case bp_jit_event:
6511 case bp_longjmp_master:
6512 case bp_std_terminate_master:
6513 case bp_exception_master:
6514 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
6515 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
6516 case bp_dprintf:
6517 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
6518 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
6519 break;
6520 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
6521 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
6522 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
6523 break;
6524 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
6525 case bp_read_watchpoint:
6526 case bp_access_watchpoint:
6527 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint;
6528 break;
6529 case bp_watchpoint:
6530 case bp_catchpoint:
6531 case bp_tracepoint:
6532 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
6533 case bp_static_tracepoint:
6534 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_other;
6535 break;
6536 default:
6537 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
6538 }
6539
6540 loc->refc = 1;
6541 }
6542
6543 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
6544
6545 static struct bp_location *
6546 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt)
6547 {
6548 return bpt->ops->allocate_location (bpt);
6549 }
6550
6551 static void
6552 free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc)
6553 {
6554 loc->ops->dtor (loc);
6555 xfree (loc);
6556 }
6557
6558 /* Increment reference count. */
6559
6560 static void
6561 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl)
6562 {
6563 ++bl->refc;
6564 }
6565
6566 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
6567 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
6568
6569 static void
6570 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **blp)
6571 {
6572 gdb_assert ((*blp)->refc > 0);
6573
6574 if (--(*blp)->refc == 0)
6575 free_bp_location (*blp);
6576 *blp = NULL;
6577 }
6578
6579 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
6580
6581 static void
6582 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint *b)
6583 {
6584 struct breakpoint *b1;
6585
6586 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
6587 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
6588
6589 b1 = breakpoint_chain;
6590 if (b1 == 0)
6591 breakpoint_chain = b;
6592 else
6593 {
6594 while (b1->next)
6595 b1 = b1->next;
6596 b1->next = b;
6597 }
6598 }
6599
6600 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
6601
6602 static void
6603 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint *b,
6604 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6605 enum bptype bptype,
6606 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6607 {
6608 memset (b, 0, sizeof (*b));
6609
6610 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
6611
6612 b->ops = ops;
6613 b->type = bptype;
6614 b->gdbarch = gdbarch;
6615 b->language = current_language->la_language;
6616 b->input_radix = input_radix;
6617 b->thread = -1;
6618 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6619 b->next = 0;
6620 b->silent = 0;
6621 b->ignore_count = 0;
6622 b->commands = NULL;
6623 b->frame_id = null_frame_id;
6624 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
6625 b->py_bp_object = NULL;
6626 b->related_breakpoint = b;
6627 }
6628
6629 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
6630 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
6631
6632 static struct breakpoint *
6633 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6634 enum bptype bptype,
6635 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6636 {
6637 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
6638
6639 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
6640 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
6641 return b;
6642 }
6643
6644 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
6645 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
6646 enough. */
6647
6648 static void
6649 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location *loc, int explicit_loc)
6650 {
6651 gdb_assert (loc->owner != NULL);
6652
6653 if (loc->owner->type == bp_breakpoint
6654 || loc->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
6655 || is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
6656 {
6657 int is_gnu_ifunc;
6658 const char *function_name;
6659 CORE_ADDR func_addr;
6660
6661 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc->address, &function_name,
6662 &func_addr, NULL, &is_gnu_ifunc);
6663
6664 if (is_gnu_ifunc && !explicit_loc)
6665 {
6666 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
6667
6668 gdb_assert (loc->pspace == current_program_space);
6669 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (function_name,
6670 &loc->requested_address))
6671 {
6672 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
6673 loc->address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc->gdbarch,
6674 loc->requested_address,
6675 b->type);
6676 }
6677 else if (b->type == bp_breakpoint && b->loc == loc
6678 && loc->next == NULL && b->related_breakpoint == b)
6679 {
6680 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
6681 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
6682 b->type = bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver;
6683 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
6684 breakpoint. */
6685 loc->related_address = func_addr;
6686 }
6687 }
6688
6689 if (function_name)
6690 loc->function_name = xstrdup (function_name);
6691 }
6692 }
6693
6694 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
6695 struct gdbarch *
6696 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal)
6697 {
6698 if (sal.section)
6699 return get_objfile_arch (sal.section->objfile);
6700 if (sal.symtab)
6701 return get_objfile_arch (sal.symtab->objfile);
6702
6703 return NULL;
6704 }
6705
6706 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
6707 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
6708 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
6709
6710 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
6711 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
6712 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
6713
6714 static void
6715 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6716 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
6717 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6718 {
6719 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
6720
6721 add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
6722
6723 if (bptype != bp_catchpoint)
6724 gdb_assert (sal.pspace != NULL);
6725
6726 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
6727 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
6728 program space. */
6729 if (bptype != bp_breakpoint && bptype != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
6730 b->pspace = sal.pspace;
6731
6732 breakpoints_changed ();
6733 }
6734
6735 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
6736 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
6737 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
6738 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
6739 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
6740 is also returned as the value of this function.
6741
6742 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
6743 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
6744 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
6745 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
6746 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
6747 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
6748 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
6749
6750 struct breakpoint *
6751 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6752 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
6753 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6754 {
6755 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
6756
6757 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bptype, ops);
6758 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
6759 return b;
6760 }
6761
6762
6763 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
6764 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
6765 void
6766 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint *b)
6767 {
6768 struct bp_location *bl;
6769
6770 b->enable_state = bp_permanent;
6771
6772 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
6773 code. Mark all locations as inserted. For now,
6774 make_breakpoint_permanent is called in just one place, so it's
6775 hard to say if it's reasonable to have permanent breakpoint with
6776 multiple locations or not, but it's easy to implement. */
6777 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
6778 bl->inserted = 1;
6779 }
6780
6781 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
6782 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
6783 initiated the operation. */
6784
6785 void
6786 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info *tp, struct frame_id frame)
6787 {
6788 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6789 int thread = tp->num;
6790
6791 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
6792 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
6793 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
6794 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
6795 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6796 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
6797 && (b->type == bp_longjmp_master
6798 || b->type == bp_exception_master))
6799 {
6800 enum bptype type = b->type == bp_longjmp_master ? bp_longjmp : bp_exception;
6801 struct breakpoint *clone;
6802
6803 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
6804 after their removal. */
6805 clone = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, type,
6806 &longjmp_breakpoint_ops);
6807 clone->thread = thread;
6808 }
6809
6810 tp->initiating_frame = frame;
6811 }
6812
6813 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
6814 void
6815 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread)
6816 {
6817 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6818
6819 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6820 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
6821 {
6822 if (b->thread == thread)
6823 delete_breakpoint (b);
6824 }
6825 }
6826
6827 void
6828 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread)
6829 {
6830 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6831
6832 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6833 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
6834 {
6835 if (b->thread == thread)
6836 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
6837 }
6838 }
6839
6840 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
6841 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
6842 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
6843 breakpoints. */
6844
6845 struct breakpoint *
6846 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
6847 {
6848 struct breakpoint *b, *retval = NULL;
6849
6850 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6851 if (b->pspace == current_program_space && b->type == bp_longjmp_master)
6852 {
6853 struct breakpoint *new_b;
6854
6855 new_b = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_longjmp_call_dummy,
6856 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
6857 new_b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
6858
6859 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
6860
6861 gdb_assert (new_b->related_breakpoint == new_b);
6862 if (retval == NULL)
6863 retval = new_b;
6864 new_b->related_breakpoint = retval;
6865 while (retval->related_breakpoint != new_b->related_breakpoint)
6866 retval = retval->related_breakpoint;
6867 retval->related_breakpoint = new_b;
6868 }
6869
6870 return retval;
6871 }
6872
6873 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
6874 THREAD. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
6875 stack.
6876
6877 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
6878 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
6879 frames. */
6880
6881 void
6882 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (int thread)
6883 {
6884 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6885
6886 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6887 if (b->type == bp_longjmp_call_dummy && b->thread == thread)
6888 {
6889 struct breakpoint *dummy_b = b->related_breakpoint;
6890
6891 while (dummy_b != b && dummy_b->type != bp_call_dummy)
6892 dummy_b = dummy_b->related_breakpoint;
6893 if (dummy_b->type != bp_call_dummy
6894 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b->frame_id) != NULL)
6895 continue;
6896
6897 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b->frame_id);
6898
6899 while (b->related_breakpoint != b)
6900 {
6901 if (b_tmp == b->related_breakpoint)
6902 b_tmp = b->related_breakpoint->next;
6903 delete_breakpoint (b->related_breakpoint);
6904 }
6905 delete_breakpoint (b);
6906 }
6907 }
6908
6909 void
6910 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
6911 {
6912 struct breakpoint *b;
6913
6914 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6915 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
6916 {
6917 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6918 update_global_location_list (1);
6919 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
6920 }
6921 }
6922
6923 void
6924 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
6925 {
6926 struct breakpoint *b;
6927
6928 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6929 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
6930 {
6931 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
6932 update_global_location_list (0);
6933 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
6934 }
6935 }
6936
6937 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
6938 master breakpoint. */
6939 void
6940 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
6941 {
6942 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6943
6944 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6945 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
6946 && b->type == bp_std_terminate_master)
6947 {
6948 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_std_terminate,
6949 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
6950 }
6951 }
6952
6953 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
6954 void
6955 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
6956 {
6957 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6958
6959 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6960 if (b->type == bp_std_terminate)
6961 delete_breakpoint (b);
6962 }
6963
6964 struct breakpoint *
6965 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
6966 {
6967 struct breakpoint *b;
6968
6969 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_thread_event,
6970 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
6971
6972 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6973 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
6974 b->addr_string
6975 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
6976
6977 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
6978
6979 return b;
6980 }
6981
6982 void
6983 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
6984 {
6985 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6986
6987 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6988 if (b->type == bp_thread_event
6989 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
6990 delete_breakpoint (b);
6991 }
6992
6993 struct lang_and_radix
6994 {
6995 enum language lang;
6996 int radix;
6997 };
6998
6999 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7000
7001 struct breakpoint *
7002 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7003 {
7004 struct breakpoint *b;
7005
7006 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_jit_event,
7007 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7008 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7009 return b;
7010 }
7011
7012 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7013
7014 void
7015 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7016 {
7017 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7018
7019 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7020 if (b->type == bp_jit_event
7021 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7022 delete_breakpoint (b);
7023 }
7024
7025 void
7026 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7027 {
7028 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7029
7030 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7031 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event
7032 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7033 delete_breakpoint (b);
7034 }
7035
7036 struct breakpoint *
7037 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7038 {
7039 struct breakpoint *b;
7040
7041 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_shlib_event,
7042 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7043 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7044 return b;
7045 }
7046
7047 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7048 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7049
7050 void
7051 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7052 {
7053 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
7054
7055 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
7056 {
7057 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7058 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7059
7060 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7061 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7062 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7063 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7064 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7065 if (((b->type == bp_breakpoint)
7066 || (b->type == bp_jit_event)
7067 || (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7068 || (is_tracepoint (b)))
7069 && loc->pspace == current_program_space
7070 && !loc->shlib_disabled
7071 #ifdef PC_SOLIB
7072 && PC_SOLIB (loc->address)
7073 #else
7074 && solib_name_from_address (loc->pspace, loc->address)
7075 #endif
7076 )
7077 {
7078 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7079 }
7080 }
7081 }
7082
7083 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in an unloaded shared
7084 library. Only apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay
7085 disabled. */
7086
7087 static void
7088 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list *solib)
7089 {
7090 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
7091 int disabled_shlib_breaks = 0;
7092
7093 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
7094 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
7095 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
7096 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
7097 if (exec_bfd != NULL
7098 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd) == bfd_target_aout_flavour)
7099 return;
7100
7101 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
7102 {
7103 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7104 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7105
7106 if (solib->pspace == loc->pspace
7107 && !loc->shlib_disabled
7108 && (((b->type == bp_breakpoint
7109 || b->type == bp_jit_event
7110 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7111 && (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7112 || loc->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint))
7113 || is_tracepoint (b))
7114 && solib_contains_address_p (solib, loc->address))
7115 {
7116 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7117 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7118 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7119 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7120 loc->inserted = 0;
7121
7122 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7123 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
7124
7125 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks)
7126 {
7127 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
7128 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7129 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7130 solib->so_name);
7131 }
7132 disabled_shlib_breaks = 1;
7133 }
7134 }
7135 }
7136
7137 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
7138
7139 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
7140 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
7141 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
7142 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7143 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7144
7145 struct fork_catchpoint
7146 {
7147 /* The base class. */
7148 struct breakpoint base;
7149
7150 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
7151 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
7152 catchpoint has triggered. */
7153 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid;
7154 };
7155
7156 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7157 catchpoints. */
7158
7159 static int
7160 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
7161 {
7162 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7163 }
7164
7165 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7166 catchpoints. */
7167
7168 static int
7169 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
7170 {
7171 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7172 }
7173
7174 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7175 catchpoints. */
7176
7177 static int
7178 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location *bl,
7179 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7180 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7181 {
7182 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7183
7184 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED)
7185 return 0;
7186
7187 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
7188 return 1;
7189 }
7190
7191 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7192 catchpoints. */
7193
7194 static enum print_stop_action
7195 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs)
7196 {
7197 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7198 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7199 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
7200
7201 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7202 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7203 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7204 else
7205 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7206 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7207 {
7208 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
7209 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK));
7210 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7211 }
7212 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7213 ui_out_text (uiout, " (forked process ");
7214 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7215 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
7216 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7217 }
7218
7219 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7220 catchpoints. */
7221
7222 static void
7223 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
7224 {
7225 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7226 struct value_print_options opts;
7227 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7228
7229 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7230
7231 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7232 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7233 readable). */
7234 if (opts.addressprint)
7235 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
7236 annotate_field (5);
7237 ui_out_text (uiout, "fork");
7238 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
7239 {
7240 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
7241 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
7242 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7243 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
7244 }
7245 }
7246
7247 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7248 catchpoints. */
7249
7250 static void
7251 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
7252 {
7253 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b->number);
7254 }
7255
7256 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7257 catchpoints. */
7258
7259 static void
7260 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7261 {
7262 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch fork");
7263 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
7264 }
7265
7266 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
7267
7268 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
7269
7270 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7271 catchpoints. */
7272
7273 static int
7274 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
7275 {
7276 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7277 }
7278
7279 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7280 catchpoints. */
7281
7282 static int
7283 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
7284 {
7285 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7286 }
7287
7288 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7289 catchpoints. */
7290
7291 static int
7292 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location *bl,
7293 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7294 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7295 {
7296 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7297
7298 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED)
7299 return 0;
7300
7301 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
7302 return 1;
7303 }
7304
7305 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7306 catchpoints. */
7307
7308 static enum print_stop_action
7309 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs)
7310 {
7311 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7312 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7313 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7314
7315 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7316 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7317 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7318 else
7319 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7320 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7321 {
7322 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
7323 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK));
7324 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7325 }
7326 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7327 ui_out_text (uiout, " (vforked process ");
7328 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7329 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
7330 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7331 }
7332
7333 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7334 catchpoints. */
7335
7336 static void
7337 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
7338 {
7339 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7340 struct value_print_options opts;
7341 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7342
7343 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7344 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7345 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7346 readable). */
7347 if (opts.addressprint)
7348 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
7349 annotate_field (5);
7350 ui_out_text (uiout, "vfork");
7351 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
7352 {
7353 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
7354 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
7355 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7356 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
7357 }
7358 }
7359
7360 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7361 catchpoints. */
7362
7363 static void
7364 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
7365 {
7366 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b->number);
7367 }
7368
7369 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7370 catchpoints. */
7371
7372 static void
7373 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7374 {
7375 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch vfork");
7376 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
7377 }
7378
7379 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
7380
7381 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
7382
7383 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
7384 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
7385 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
7386 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7387 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7388
7389 struct solib_catchpoint
7390 {
7391 /* The base class. */
7392 struct breakpoint base;
7393
7394 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
7395 unsigned char is_load;
7396
7397 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
7398 REGEX is non-NULL. */
7399 char *regex;
7400 regex_t compiled;
7401 };
7402
7403 static void
7404 dtor_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
7405 {
7406 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7407
7408 if (self->regex)
7409 regfree (&self->compiled);
7410 xfree (self->regex);
7411
7412 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
7413 }
7414
7415 static int
7416 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
7417 {
7418 return 0;
7419 }
7420
7421 static int
7422 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
7423 {
7424 return 0;
7425 }
7426
7427 static int
7428 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location *bl,
7429 struct address_space *aspace,
7430 CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7431 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7432 {
7433 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7434 struct breakpoint *other;
7435
7436 if (ws->kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
7437 return 1;
7438
7439 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other)
7440 {
7441 struct bp_location *other_bl;
7442
7443 if (other == bl->owner)
7444 continue;
7445
7446 if (other->type != bp_shlib_event)
7447 continue;
7448
7449 if (self->base.pspace != NULL && other->pspace != self->base.pspace)
7450 continue;
7451
7452 for (other_bl = other->loc; other_bl != NULL; other_bl = other_bl->next)
7453 {
7454 if (other->ops->breakpoint_hit (other_bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
7455 return 1;
7456 }
7457 }
7458
7459 return 0;
7460 }
7461
7462 static void
7463 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats *bs)
7464 {
7465 struct solib_catchpoint *self
7466 = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
7467 int ix;
7468
7469 if (self->is_load)
7470 {
7471 struct so_list *iter;
7472
7473 for (ix = 0;
7474 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
7475 ix, iter);
7476 ++ix)
7477 {
7478 if (!self->regex
7479 || regexec (&self->compiled, iter->so_name, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
7480 return;
7481 }
7482 }
7483 else
7484 {
7485 char *iter;
7486
7487 for (ix = 0;
7488 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs,
7489 ix, iter);
7490 ++ix)
7491 {
7492 if (!self->regex
7493 || regexec (&self->compiled, iter, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
7494 return;
7495 }
7496 }
7497
7498 bs->stop = 0;
7499 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
7500 }
7501
7502 static enum print_stop_action
7503 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs)
7504 {
7505 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7506 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7507
7508 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7509 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7510 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7511 else
7512 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7513 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7514 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
7515 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7516 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7517 print_solib_event (1);
7518 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7519 }
7520
7521 static void
7522 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **locs)
7523 {
7524 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7525 struct value_print_options opts;
7526 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7527 char *msg;
7528
7529 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7530 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7531 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7532 readable). */
7533 if (opts.addressprint)
7534 {
7535 annotate_field (4);
7536 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
7537 }
7538
7539 annotate_field (5);
7540 if (self->is_load)
7541 {
7542 if (self->regex)
7543 msg = xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self->regex);
7544 else
7545 msg = xstrdup (_("load of library"));
7546 }
7547 else
7548 {
7549 if (self->regex)
7550 msg = xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self->regex);
7551 else
7552 msg = xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
7553 }
7554 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", msg);
7555 xfree (msg);
7556 }
7557
7558 static void
7559 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
7560 {
7561 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7562
7563 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b->number,
7564 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
7565 }
7566
7567 static void
7568 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7569 {
7570 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7571
7572 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "%s %s",
7573 b->disposition == disp_del ? "tcatch" : "catch",
7574 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
7575 if (self->regex)
7576 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->regex);
7577 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
7578 }
7579
7580 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
7581
7582 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
7583 "catch unload". */
7584
7585 static void
7586 catch_load_or_unload (char *arg, int from_tty, int is_load,
7587 struct cmd_list_element *command)
7588 {
7589 struct solib_catchpoint *c;
7590 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
7591 int tempflag;
7592 struct cleanup *cleanup;
7593
7594 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
7595
7596 if (!arg)
7597 arg = "";
7598 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
7599
7600 c = XCNEW (struct solib_catchpoint);
7601 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, c);
7602
7603 if (*arg != '\0')
7604 {
7605 int errcode;
7606
7607 errcode = regcomp (&c->compiled, arg, REG_NOSUB);
7608 if (errcode != 0)
7609 {
7610 char *err = get_regcomp_error (errcode, &c->compiled);
7611
7612 make_cleanup (xfree, err);
7613 error (_("Invalid regexp (%s): %s"), err, arg);
7614 }
7615 c->regex = xstrdup (arg);
7616 }
7617
7618 c->is_load = is_load;
7619 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, NULL,
7620 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops);
7621
7622 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
7623 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
7624 }
7625
7626 static void
7627 catch_load_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
7628 struct cmd_list_element *command)
7629 {
7630 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 1, command);
7631 }
7632
7633 static void
7634 catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
7635 struct cmd_list_element *command)
7636 {
7637 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 0, command);
7638 }
7639
7640 DEF_VEC_I(int);
7641
7642 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a syscall catchpoint.
7643 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
7644 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
7645 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7646 CATCH_SYSCALL_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7647
7648 struct syscall_catchpoint
7649 {
7650 /* The base class. */
7651 struct breakpoint base;
7652
7653 /* Syscall numbers used for the 'catch syscall' feature. If no
7654 syscall has been specified for filtering, its value is NULL.
7655 Otherwise, it holds a list of all syscalls to be caught. The
7656 list elements are allocated with xmalloc. */
7657 VEC(int) *syscalls_to_be_caught;
7658 };
7659
7660 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
7661 catchpoints. */
7662
7663 static void
7664 dtor_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
7665 {
7666 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
7667
7668 VEC_free (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught);
7669
7670 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
7671 }
7672
7673 static const struct inferior_data *catch_syscall_inferior_data = NULL;
7674
7675 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
7676 {
7677 /* We keep a count of the number of times the user has requested a
7678 particular syscall to be tracked, and pass this information to the
7679 target. This lets capable targets implement filtering directly. */
7680
7681 /* Number of times that "any" syscall is requested. */
7682 int any_syscall_count;
7683
7684 /* Count of each system call. */
7685 VEC(int) *syscalls_counts;
7686
7687 /* This counts all syscall catch requests, so we can readily determine
7688 if any catching is necessary. */
7689 int total_syscalls_count;
7690 };
7691
7692 static struct catch_syscall_inferior_data*
7693 get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (struct inferior *inf)
7694 {
7695 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data;
7696
7697 inf_data = inferior_data (inf, catch_syscall_inferior_data);
7698 if (inf_data == NULL)
7699 {
7700 inf_data = XZALLOC (struct catch_syscall_inferior_data);
7701 set_inferior_data (inf, catch_syscall_inferior_data, inf_data);
7702 }
7703
7704 return inf_data;
7705 }
7706
7707 static void
7708 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup (struct inferior *inf, void *arg)
7709 {
7710 xfree (arg);
7711 }
7712
7713
7714 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
7715 catchpoints. */
7716
7717 static int
7718 insert_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
7719 {
7720 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7721 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
7722 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
7723 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
7724
7725 ++inf_data->total_syscalls_count;
7726 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
7727 ++inf_data->any_syscall_count;
7728 else
7729 {
7730 int i, iter;
7731
7732 for (i = 0;
7733 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
7734 i++)
7735 {
7736 int elem;
7737
7738 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts))
7739 {
7740 int old_size = VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts);
7741 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
7742 = old_size * ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
7743 uintptr_t vec_addr;
7744 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter + 1);
7745 vec_addr = ((uintptr_t) VEC_address (int,
7746 inf_data->syscalls_counts)
7747 + vec_addr_offset);
7748 memset ((void *) vec_addr, 0,
7749 (iter + 1 - old_size) * sizeof (int));
7750 }
7751 elem = VEC_index (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter);
7752 VEC_replace (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter, ++elem);
7753 }
7754 }
7755
7756 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid),
7757 inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0,
7758 inf_data->any_syscall_count,
7759 VEC_length (int,
7760 inf_data->syscalls_counts),
7761 VEC_address (int,
7762 inf_data->syscalls_counts));
7763 }
7764
7765 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
7766 catchpoints. */
7767
7768 static int
7769 remove_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
7770 {
7771 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7772 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
7773 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
7774 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
7775
7776 --inf_data->total_syscalls_count;
7777 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
7778 --inf_data->any_syscall_count;
7779 else
7780 {
7781 int i, iter;
7782
7783 for (i = 0;
7784 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
7785 i++)
7786 {
7787 int elem;
7788 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts))
7789 /* Shouldn't happen. */
7790 continue;
7791 elem = VEC_index (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter);
7792 VEC_replace (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter, --elem);
7793 }
7794 }
7795
7796 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid),
7797 inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0,
7798 inf_data->any_syscall_count,
7799 VEC_length (int,
7800 inf_data->syscalls_counts),
7801 VEC_address (int,
7802 inf_data->syscalls_counts));
7803 }
7804
7805 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
7806 catchpoints. */
7807
7808 static int
7809 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (const struct bp_location *bl,
7810 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7811 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7812 {
7813 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this
7814 breakpoint. If we are, then we must guarantee that the called
7815 syscall is the same syscall we are catching. */
7816 int syscall_number = 0;
7817 const struct syscall_catchpoint *c
7818 = (const struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7819
7820 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
7821 && ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN)
7822 return 0;
7823
7824 syscall_number = ws->value.syscall_number;
7825
7826 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
7827 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
7828 {
7829 int i, iter;
7830
7831 for (i = 0;
7832 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
7833 i++)
7834 if (syscall_number == iter)
7835 break;
7836 /* Not the same. */
7837 if (!iter)
7838 return 0;
7839 }
7840
7841 return 1;
7842 }
7843
7844 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
7845 catchpoints. */
7846
7847 static enum print_stop_action
7848 print_it_catch_syscall (bpstat bs)
7849 {
7850 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7851 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7852 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
7853 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
7854 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
7855 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
7856 ptid_t ptid;
7857 struct target_waitstatus last;
7858 struct syscall s;
7859
7860 get_last_target_status (&ptid, &last);
7861
7862 get_syscall_by_number (last.value.syscall_number, &s);
7863
7864 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7865
7866 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7867 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7868 else
7869 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7870 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7871 {
7872 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
7873 async_reason_lookup (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
7874 ? EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_ENTRY
7875 : EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_RETURN));
7876 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7877 }
7878 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7879
7880 if (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY)
7881 ui_out_text (uiout, " (call to syscall ");
7882 else
7883 ui_out_text (uiout, " (returned from syscall ");
7884
7885 if (s.name == NULL || ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7886 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "syscall-number", last.value.syscall_number);
7887 if (s.name != NULL)
7888 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "syscall-name", s.name);
7889
7890 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
7891
7892 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7893 }
7894
7895 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
7896 catchpoints. */
7897
7898 static void
7899 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b,
7900 struct bp_location **last_loc)
7901 {
7902 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
7903 struct value_print_options opts;
7904 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7905
7906 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7907 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7908 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7909 readable). */
7910 if (opts.addressprint)
7911 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
7912 annotate_field (5);
7913
7914 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught
7915 && VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
7916 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscalls \"");
7917 else
7918 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscall \"");
7919
7920 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
7921 {
7922 int i, iter;
7923 char *text = xstrprintf ("%s", "");
7924
7925 for (i = 0;
7926 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
7927 i++)
7928 {
7929 char *x = text;
7930 struct syscall s;
7931 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
7932
7933 if (s.name != NULL)
7934 text = xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text, s.name);
7935 else
7936 text = xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text, iter);
7937
7938 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
7939 because xstrprintf dynamically allocates new space for it
7940 on every call. */
7941 xfree (x);
7942 }
7943 /* Remove the last comma. */
7944 text[strlen (text) - 2] = '\0';
7945 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", text);
7946 }
7947 else
7948 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "<any syscall>");
7949 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
7950 }
7951
7952 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
7953 catchpoints. */
7954
7955 static void
7956 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
7957 {
7958 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
7959
7960 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
7961 {
7962 int i, iter;
7963
7964 if (VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
7965 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b->number);
7966 else
7967 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b->number);
7968
7969 for (i = 0;
7970 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
7971 i++)
7972 {
7973 struct syscall s;
7974 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
7975
7976 if (s.name)
7977 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s.name, s.number);
7978 else
7979 printf_filtered (" %d", s.number);
7980 }
7981 printf_filtered (")");
7982 }
7983 else
7984 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
7985 b->number);
7986 }
7987
7988 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
7989 catchpoints. */
7990
7991 static void
7992 print_recreate_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7993 {
7994 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
7995
7996 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch syscall");
7997
7998 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
7999 {
8000 int i, iter;
8001
8002 for (i = 0;
8003 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8004 i++)
8005 {
8006 struct syscall s;
8007
8008 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
8009 if (s.name)
8010 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", s.name);
8011 else
8012 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %d", s.number);
8013 }
8014 }
8015 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8016 }
8017
8018 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
8019
8020 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops;
8021
8022 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
8023
8024 static int
8025 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
8026 {
8027 return (b->ops == &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
8028 }
8029
8030 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8031 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8032 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8033 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8034
8035 static void
8036 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8037 struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int tempflag,
8038 char *cond_string,
8039 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8040 {
8041 struct symtab_and_line sal;
8042
8043 init_sal (&sal);
8044 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
8045
8046 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_catchpoint, ops);
8047
8048 b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ? NULL : xstrdup (cond_string);
8049 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
8050 }
8051
8052 void
8053 install_breakpoint (int internal, struct breakpoint *b, int update_gll)
8054 {
8055 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
8056 set_breakpoint_number (internal, b);
8057 if (!internal)
8058 mention (b);
8059 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
8060
8061 if (update_gll)
8062 update_global_location_list (1);
8063 }
8064
8065 static void
8066 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8067 int tempflag, char *cond_string,
8068 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8069 {
8070 struct fork_catchpoint *c = XNEW (struct fork_catchpoint);
8071
8072 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string, ops);
8073
8074 c->forked_inferior_pid = null_ptid;
8075
8076 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
8077 }
8078
8079 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8080
8081 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8082 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8083 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8084 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8085 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8086
8087 struct exec_catchpoint
8088 {
8089 /* The base class. */
8090 struct breakpoint base;
8091
8092 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8093 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8094 triggered. */
8095 char *exec_pathname;
8096 };
8097
8098 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8099 catchpoints. */
8100
8101 static void
8102 dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
8103 {
8104 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8105
8106 xfree (c->exec_pathname);
8107
8108 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
8109 }
8110
8111 static int
8112 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
8113 {
8114 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
8115 }
8116
8117 static int
8118 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
8119 {
8120 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
8121 }
8122
8123 static int
8124 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location *bl,
8125 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8126 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8127 {
8128 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8129
8130 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD)
8131 return 0;
8132
8133 c->exec_pathname = xstrdup (ws->value.execd_pathname);
8134 return 1;
8135 }
8136
8137 static enum print_stop_action
8138 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs)
8139 {
8140 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8141 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8142 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8143
8144 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8145 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8146 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8147 else
8148 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8149 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8150 {
8151 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8152 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC));
8153 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8154 }
8155 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8156 ui_out_text (uiout, " (exec'd ");
8157 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "new-exec", c->exec_pathname);
8158 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
8159
8160 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8161 }
8162
8163 static void
8164 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
8165 {
8166 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8167 struct value_print_options opts;
8168 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8169
8170 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8171
8172 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8173 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8174 is relatively readable). */
8175 if (opts.addressprint)
8176 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8177 annotate_field (5);
8178 ui_out_text (uiout, "exec");
8179 if (c->exec_pathname != NULL)
8180 {
8181 ui_out_text (uiout, ", program \"");
8182 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", c->exec_pathname);
8183 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
8184 }
8185 }
8186
8187 static void
8188 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
8189 {
8190 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b->number);
8191 }
8192
8193 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8194 catchpoints. */
8195
8196 static void
8197 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8198 {
8199 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch exec");
8200 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8201 }
8202
8203 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
8204
8205 static void
8206 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag, VEC(int) *filter,
8207 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8208 {
8209 struct syscall_catchpoint *c;
8210 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
8211
8212 c = XNEW (struct syscall_catchpoint);
8213 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, NULL, ops);
8214 c->syscalls_to_be_caught = filter;
8215
8216 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
8217 }
8218
8219 static int
8220 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8221 {
8222 int i = 0;
8223 struct breakpoint *b;
8224 struct bp_location *bl;
8225
8226 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8227 {
8228 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint && breakpoint_enabled (b))
8229 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
8230 {
8231 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8232 one register. */
8233 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
8234 }
8235 }
8236
8237 return i;
8238 }
8239
8240 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8241 watchpoint. */
8242
8243 static int
8244 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *b)
8245 {
8246 int i = 0;
8247 struct bp_location *bl;
8248
8249 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
8250 return 0;
8251
8252 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
8253 {
8254 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8255 one register. */
8256 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
8257 }
8258
8259 return i;
8260 }
8261
8262 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8263 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8264 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8265 types _not_ TYPE. */
8266
8267 static int
8268 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
8269 enum bptype type, int *other_type_used)
8270 {
8271 int i = 0;
8272 struct breakpoint *b;
8273
8274 *other_type_used = 0;
8275 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8276 {
8277 if (b == except)
8278 continue;
8279 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
8280 continue;
8281
8282 if (b->type == type)
8283 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (b);
8284 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
8285 *other_type_used = 1;
8286 }
8287
8288 return i;
8289 }
8290
8291 void
8292 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8293 {
8294 struct breakpoint *b;
8295
8296 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8297 {
8298 if (is_watchpoint (b) && breakpoint_enabled (b))
8299 {
8300 b->enable_state = bp_call_disabled;
8301 update_global_location_list (0);
8302 }
8303 }
8304 }
8305
8306 void
8307 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8308 {
8309 struct breakpoint *b;
8310
8311 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8312 {
8313 if (is_watchpoint (b) && b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
8314 {
8315 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8316 update_global_location_list (1);
8317 }
8318 }
8319 }
8320
8321 void
8322 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
8323 {
8324 current_program_space->executing_startup = 1;
8325 update_global_location_list (0);
8326 }
8327
8328 void
8329 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
8330 {
8331 current_program_space->executing_startup = 0;
8332 breakpoint_re_set ();
8333 }
8334
8335
8336 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
8337 at address specified by SAL.
8338 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
8339
8340 struct breakpoint *
8341 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct symtab_and_line sal,
8342 struct frame_id frame_id, enum bptype type)
8343 {
8344 struct breakpoint *b;
8345
8346 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined
8347 one. */
8348 gdb_assert (!frame_id_inlined_p (frame_id));
8349
8350 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
8351 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8352 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8353 b->frame_id = frame_id;
8354
8355 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
8356 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
8357 control. */
8358 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
8359 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
8360
8361 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
8362
8363 return b;
8364 }
8365
8366 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
8367 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, and use OPS as it
8368 breakpoint_ops. */
8369
8370 static struct breakpoint *
8371 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
8372 enum bptype type,
8373 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8374 {
8375 struct breakpoint *copy;
8376
8377 copy = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig->gdbarch, type, ops);
8378 copy->loc = allocate_bp_location (copy);
8379 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy->loc, 1);
8380
8381 copy->loc->gdbarch = orig->loc->gdbarch;
8382 copy->loc->requested_address = orig->loc->requested_address;
8383 copy->loc->address = orig->loc->address;
8384 copy->loc->section = orig->loc->section;
8385 copy->loc->pspace = orig->loc->pspace;
8386 copy->loc->probe = orig->loc->probe;
8387
8388 if (orig->loc->source_file != NULL)
8389 copy->loc->source_file = xstrdup (orig->loc->source_file);
8390
8391 copy->loc->line_number = orig->loc->line_number;
8392 copy->frame_id = orig->frame_id;
8393 copy->thread = orig->thread;
8394 copy->pspace = orig->pspace;
8395
8396 copy->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8397 copy->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8398 copy->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
8399
8400 update_global_location_list_nothrow (0);
8401 return copy;
8402 }
8403
8404 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
8405 ORIG is NULL. */
8406
8407 struct breakpoint *
8408 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *orig)
8409 {
8410 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
8411 if (orig == NULL)
8412 return NULL;
8413
8414 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig, orig->type, orig->ops);
8415 }
8416
8417 struct breakpoint *
8418 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc,
8419 enum bptype type)
8420 {
8421 struct symtab_and_line sal;
8422
8423 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
8424 sal.pc = pc;
8425 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (pc);
8426 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
8427
8428 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, null_frame_id, type);
8429 }
8430 \f
8431
8432 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
8433
8434 static void
8435 mention (struct breakpoint *b)
8436 {
8437 b->ops->print_mention (b);
8438 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
8439 return;
8440 printf_filtered ("\n");
8441 }
8442 \f
8443
8444 static struct bp_location *
8445 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8446 const struct symtab_and_line *sal)
8447 {
8448 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
8449 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address;
8450 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
8451
8452 if (loc_gdbarch == NULL)
8453 loc_gdbarch = b->gdbarch;
8454
8455 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
8456 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
8457 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
8458 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
8459 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
8460 location that's only been partially initialized. */
8461 adjusted_address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch,
8462 sal->pc, b->type);
8463
8464 loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
8465 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
8466 ;
8467 *tmp = loc;
8468
8469 loc->requested_address = sal->pc;
8470 loc->address = adjusted_address;
8471 loc->pspace = sal->pspace;
8472 loc->probe = sal->probe;
8473 gdb_assert (loc->pspace != NULL);
8474 loc->section = sal->section;
8475 loc->gdbarch = loc_gdbarch;
8476
8477 if (sal->symtab != NULL)
8478 loc->source_file = xstrdup (sal->symtab->filename);
8479 loc->line_number = sal->line;
8480
8481 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc,
8482 sal->explicit_pc || sal->explicit_line);
8483 return loc;
8484 }
8485 \f
8486
8487 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
8488 return 0 otherwise. */
8489
8490 static int
8491 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location *loc)
8492 {
8493 int len;
8494 CORE_ADDR addr;
8495 const gdb_byte *bpoint;
8496 gdb_byte *target_mem;
8497 struct cleanup *cleanup;
8498 int retval = 0;
8499
8500 gdb_assert (loc != NULL);
8501
8502 addr = loc->address;
8503 bpoint = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc->gdbarch, &addr, &len);
8504
8505 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
8506 if (bpoint == NULL)
8507 return 0;
8508
8509 target_mem = alloca (len);
8510
8511 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
8512 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
8513 breakpoints they are permanent. */
8514 cleanup = save_current_space_and_thread ();
8515
8516 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc->pspace);
8517 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
8518
8519 if (target_read_memory (loc->address, target_mem, len) == 0
8520 && memcmp (target_mem, bpoint, len) == 0)
8521 retval = 1;
8522
8523 do_cleanups (cleanup);
8524
8525 return retval;
8526 }
8527
8528 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
8529 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
8530 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
8531 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
8532 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
8533 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. (Future
8534 styles may include the ability to do a target-side printf.) */
8535
8536 static const char dprintf_style_gdb[] = "gdb";
8537 static const char dprintf_style_call[] = "call";
8538 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums[] = {
8539 dprintf_style_gdb,
8540 dprintf_style_call,
8541 NULL
8542 };
8543 static const char *dprintf_style = dprintf_style_gdb;
8544
8545 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
8546 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
8547 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
8548 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
8549
8550 static char *dprintf_function = "";
8551
8552 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
8553 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
8554 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
8555 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
8556 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
8557 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
8558 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
8559
8560 static char *dprintf_channel = "";
8561
8562 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
8563 settings of the dprintf style options. */
8564
8565 static void
8566 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint *b)
8567 {
8568 char *dprintf_args = b->extra_string;
8569 char *printf_line = NULL;
8570
8571 if (!dprintf_args)
8572 return;
8573
8574 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args);
8575
8576 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
8577 insist on it. */
8578 if (*dprintf_args == ',')
8579 ++dprintf_args;
8580 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args);
8581
8582 if (*dprintf_args != '"')
8583 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
8584
8585 if (strcmp (dprintf_style, "gdb") == 0)
8586 printf_line = xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args);
8587 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style, "call") == 0)
8588 {
8589 if (!dprintf_function)
8590 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
8591
8592 if (dprintf_channel && strlen (dprintf_channel) > 0)
8593 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
8594 dprintf_function,
8595 dprintf_channel,
8596 dprintf_args);
8597 else
8598 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
8599 dprintf_function,
8600 dprintf_args);
8601 }
8602 else
8603 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
8604 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
8605
8606 /* Manufacture a printf/continue sequence. */
8607 if (printf_line)
8608 {
8609 struct command_line *printf_cmd_line, *cont_cmd_line = NULL;
8610
8611 cont_cmd_line = xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line));
8612 cont_cmd_line->control_type = simple_control;
8613 cont_cmd_line->body_count = 0;
8614 cont_cmd_line->body_list = NULL;
8615 cont_cmd_line->next = NULL;
8616 cont_cmd_line->line = xstrdup ("continue");
8617
8618 printf_cmd_line = xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line));
8619 printf_cmd_line->control_type = simple_control;
8620 printf_cmd_line->body_count = 0;
8621 printf_cmd_line->body_list = NULL;
8622 printf_cmd_line->next = cont_cmd_line;
8623 printf_cmd_line->line = printf_line;
8624
8625 breakpoint_set_commands (b, printf_cmd_line);
8626 }
8627 }
8628
8629 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
8630 current style settings. */
8631
8632 static void
8633 update_dprintf_commands (char *args, int from_tty,
8634 struct cmd_list_element *c)
8635 {
8636 struct breakpoint *b;
8637
8638 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8639 {
8640 if (b->type == bp_dprintf)
8641 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
8642 }
8643 }
8644
8645 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
8646 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
8647 as condition expression. */
8648
8649 static void
8650 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8651 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
8652 char *filter, char *cond_string,
8653 char *extra_string,
8654 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
8655 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
8656 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
8657 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags,
8658 int display_canonical)
8659 {
8660 int i;
8661
8662 if (type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
8663 {
8664 int target_resources_ok;
8665
8666 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
8667 target_resources_ok =
8668 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
8669 i + 1, 0);
8670 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
8671 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
8672 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
8673 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
8674 }
8675
8676 gdb_assert (sals.nelts > 0);
8677
8678 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
8679 {
8680 struct symtab_and_line sal = sals.sals[i];
8681 struct bp_location *loc;
8682
8683 if (from_tty)
8684 {
8685 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
8686 if (!loc_gdbarch)
8687 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
8688
8689 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
8690 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, thread);
8691 }
8692
8693 if (i == 0)
8694 {
8695 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
8696 b->thread = thread;
8697 b->task = task;
8698
8699 b->cond_string = cond_string;
8700 b->extra_string = extra_string;
8701 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
8702 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
8703 b->disposition = disposition;
8704
8705 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
8706 b->loc->inserted = 1;
8707
8708 if (type == bp_static_tracepoint)
8709 {
8710 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
8711 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
8712
8713 if (strace_marker_p (b))
8714 {
8715 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
8716 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
8717 char *p = &addr_string[3];
8718 char *endp;
8719 char *marker_str;
8720
8721 p = skip_spaces (p);
8722
8723 endp = skip_to_space (p);
8724
8725 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
8726 t->static_trace_marker_id = marker_str;
8727
8728 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
8729 "marker \"%s\"\n"),
8730 t->static_trace_marker_id);
8731 }
8732 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal.pc, &marker))
8733 {
8734 t->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
8735 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
8736
8737 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
8738 "marker \"%s\"\n"),
8739 t->static_trace_marker_id);
8740 }
8741 else
8742 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
8743 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
8744 }
8745
8746 loc = b->loc;
8747 }
8748 else
8749 {
8750 loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
8751 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
8752 loc->inserted = 1;
8753 }
8754
8755 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc))
8756 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
8757
8758 if (b->cond_string)
8759 {
8760 char *arg = b->cond_string;
8761 loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&arg, loc->address,
8762 block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
8763 if (*arg)
8764 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg);
8765 }
8766
8767 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
8768 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
8769 if (type == bp_dprintf)
8770 {
8771 if (b->extra_string)
8772 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
8773 else
8774 error (_("Format string required"));
8775 }
8776 else if (b->extra_string)
8777 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b->extra_string);
8778 }
8779
8780 b->display_canonical = display_canonical;
8781 if (addr_string)
8782 b->addr_string = addr_string;
8783 else
8784 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
8785 me. */
8786 b->addr_string
8787 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
8788 b->filter = filter;
8789 }
8790
8791 static void
8792 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8793 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
8794 char *filter, char *cond_string,
8795 char *extra_string,
8796 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
8797 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
8798 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
8799 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags,
8800 int display_canonical)
8801 {
8802 struct breakpoint *b;
8803 struct cleanup *old_chain;
8804
8805 if (is_tracepoint_type (type))
8806 {
8807 struct tracepoint *t;
8808
8809 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
8810 b = &t->base;
8811 }
8812 else
8813 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
8814
8815 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, b);
8816
8817 init_breakpoint_sal (b, gdbarch,
8818 sals, addr_string,
8819 filter, cond_string, extra_string,
8820 type, disposition,
8821 thread, task, ignore_count,
8822 ops, from_tty,
8823 enabled, internal, flags,
8824 display_canonical);
8825 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
8826
8827 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
8828 }
8829
8830 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
8831 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
8832 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
8833 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
8834 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
8835 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
8836 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
8837 we take just a single condition string.
8838
8839 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
8840 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
8841 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
8842 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
8843 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
8844
8845 static void
8846 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8847 struct linespec_result *canonical,
8848 char *cond_string, char *extra_string,
8849 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
8850 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
8851 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
8852 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags)
8853 {
8854 int i;
8855 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
8856
8857 if (canonical->pre_expanded)
8858 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical->sals) == 1);
8859
8860 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, i, lsal); ++i)
8861 {
8862 /* Note that 'addr_string' can be NULL in the case of a plain
8863 'break', without arguments. */
8864 char *addr_string = (canonical->addr_string
8865 ? xstrdup (canonical->addr_string)
8866 : NULL);
8867 char *filter_string = lsal->canonical ? xstrdup (lsal->canonical) : NULL;
8868 struct cleanup *inner = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
8869
8870 make_cleanup (xfree, filter_string);
8871 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch, lsal->sals,
8872 addr_string,
8873 filter_string,
8874 cond_string, extra_string,
8875 type, disposition,
8876 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
8877 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
8878 canonical->special_display);
8879 discard_cleanups (inner);
8880 }
8881 }
8882
8883 /* Parse ADDRESS which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
8884 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
8885 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
8886 address strings. ADDRESS points to the end of the SAL.
8887
8888 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
8889 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
8890
8891 static void
8892 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address,
8893 struct linespec_result *canonical)
8894 {
8895 char *addr_start = *address;
8896
8897 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
8898 breakpoint. */
8899 if ((*address) == NULL
8900 || (strncmp ((*address), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address)[2])))
8901 {
8902 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default breakpoint
8903 address. */
8904 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
8905 {
8906 struct linespec_sals lsal;
8907 struct symtab_and_line sal;
8908
8909 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
8910 lsal.sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
8911 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
8912
8913 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
8914 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. */
8915 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
8916 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
8917
8918 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
8919 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
8920 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
8921 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
8922 instances with the same symtab and line. */
8923 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
8924
8925 lsal.sals.sals[0] = sal;
8926 lsal.sals.nelts = 1;
8927 lsal.canonical = NULL;
8928
8929 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
8930 }
8931 else
8932 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
8933 }
8934 else
8935 {
8936 struct symtab_and_line cursal = get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
8937
8938 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
8939 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
8940 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
8941 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
8942
8943 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
8944 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
8945 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ()
8946 && (!cursal.symtab
8947 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address)[0]) != NULL)
8948 && ((*address)[1] != '['))))
8949 decode_line_full (address, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
8950 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
8951 get_last_displayed_line (),
8952 canonical, NULL, NULL);
8953 else
8954 decode_line_full (address, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
8955 cursal.symtab, cursal.line, canonical, NULL, NULL);
8956 }
8957 }
8958
8959
8960 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
8961 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
8962
8963 static void
8964 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
8965 {
8966 int i;
8967
8968 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
8969 resolve_sal_pc (&sals->sals[i]);
8970 }
8971
8972 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
8973 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
8974 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
8975 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
8976 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
8977 it, etc. */
8978
8979 static void
8980 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8981 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
8982 {
8983 int i, rslt;
8984 struct symtab_and_line *sal;
8985 char *msg;
8986 struct cleanup *old_chain;
8987
8988 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
8989 {
8990 struct gdbarch *sarch;
8991
8992 sal = &sals->sals[i];
8993
8994 sarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
8995 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
8996 associated with SAL. */
8997 if (sarch == NULL)
8998 sarch = gdbarch;
8999 rslt = gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch, sal->pc,
9000 NULL, &msg);
9001 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, msg);
9002
9003 if (!rslt)
9004 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
9005 paddress (sarch, sal->pc), (msg ? msg : ""));
9006
9007 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9008 }
9009 }
9010
9011 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9012 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9013 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9014 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9015 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9016 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9017
9018 static void
9019 find_condition_and_thread (char *tok, CORE_ADDR pc,
9020 char **cond_string, int *thread, int *task,
9021 char **rest)
9022 {
9023 *cond_string = NULL;
9024 *thread = -1;
9025 while (tok && *tok)
9026 {
9027 char *end_tok;
9028 int toklen;
9029 char *cond_start = NULL;
9030 char *cond_end = NULL;
9031
9032 tok = skip_spaces (tok);
9033
9034 if ((*tok == '"' || *tok == ',') && rest)
9035 {
9036 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok));
9037 return;
9038 }
9039
9040 end_tok = skip_to_space (tok);
9041
9042 toklen = end_tok - tok;
9043
9044 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
9045 {
9046 struct expression *expr;
9047
9048 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
9049 expr = parse_exp_1 (&tok, pc, block_for_pc (pc), 0);
9050 xfree (expr);
9051 cond_end = tok;
9052 *cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
9053 }
9054 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "thread", toklen) == 0)
9055 {
9056 char *tmptok;
9057
9058 tok = end_tok + 1;
9059 tmptok = tok;
9060 *thread = strtol (tok, &tok, 0);
9061 if (tok == tmptok)
9062 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9063 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread))
9064 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), *thread);
9065 }
9066 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "task", toklen) == 0)
9067 {
9068 char *tmptok;
9069
9070 tok = end_tok + 1;
9071 tmptok = tok;
9072 *task = strtol (tok, &tok, 0);
9073 if (tok == tmptok)
9074 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9075 if (!valid_task_id (*task))
9076 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task);
9077 }
9078 else if (rest)
9079 {
9080 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok));
9081 return;
9082 }
9083 else
9084 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9085 }
9086 }
9087
9088 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9089
9090 static struct symtabs_and_lines
9091 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (char **arg_p)
9092 {
9093 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers = NULL;
9094 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
9095 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9096 char *p = &(*arg_p)[3];
9097 char *endp;
9098 char *marker_str;
9099 int i;
9100
9101 p = skip_spaces (p);
9102
9103 endp = skip_to_space (p);
9104
9105 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
9106 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, marker_str);
9107
9108 markers = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str);
9109 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
9110 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str);
9111
9112 sals.nelts = VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers);
9113 sals.sals = xmalloc (sizeof *sals.sals * sals.nelts);
9114
9115 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
9116 {
9117 struct static_tracepoint_marker *marker;
9118
9119 marker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, i);
9120
9121 init_sal (&sals.sals[i]);
9122
9123 sals.sals[i] = find_pc_line (marker->address, 0);
9124 sals.sals[i].pc = marker->address;
9125
9126 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker);
9127 }
9128
9129 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9130
9131 *arg_p = endp;
9132 return sals;
9133 }
9134
9135 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI
9136 functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major
9137 modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_CONDITION_AND_THREAD
9138 parameter. If non-zero, the function will parse arg, extracting
9139 breakpoint location, address and thread. Otherwise, ARG is just
9140 the location of breakpoint, with condition and thread specified by
9141 the COND_STRING and THREAD parameters. If INTERNAL is non-zero,
9142 the breakpoint number will be allocated from the internal
9143 breakpoint count. Returns true if any breakpoint was created;
9144 false otherwise. */
9145
9146 int
9147 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9148 char *arg, char *cond_string,
9149 int thread, char *extra_string,
9150 int parse_condition_and_thread,
9151 int tempflag, enum bptype type_wanted,
9152 int ignore_count,
9153 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support,
9154 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
9155 int from_tty, int enabled, int internal,
9156 unsigned flags)
9157 {
9158 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
9159 char *copy_arg = NULL;
9160 char *addr_start = arg;
9161 struct linespec_result canonical;
9162 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9163 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain = NULL;
9164 int pending = 0;
9165 int task = 0;
9166 int prev_bkpt_count = breakpoint_count;
9167
9168 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
9169
9170 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
9171
9172 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
9173 {
9174 ops->create_sals_from_address (&arg, &canonical, type_wanted,
9175 addr_start, &copy_arg);
9176 }
9177
9178 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
9179 switch (e.reason)
9180 {
9181 case GDB_NO_ERROR:
9182 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical.sals))
9183 return 0;
9184 break;
9185 case RETURN_ERROR:
9186 switch (e.error)
9187 {
9188 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR:
9189
9190 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9191 error. */
9192
9193 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE)
9194 throw_exception (e);
9195
9196 exception_print (gdb_stderr, e);
9197
9198 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9199 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9200 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9201 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9202 bptype_string (type_wanted)))
9203 return 0;
9204
9205 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9206 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9207 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9208 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9209 {
9210 struct linespec_sals lsal;
9211
9212 copy_arg = xstrdup (addr_start);
9213 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (copy_arg);
9214 lsal.sals.nelts = 1;
9215 lsal.sals.sals = XNEW (struct symtab_and_line);
9216 init_sal (&lsal.sals.sals[0]);
9217 pending = 1;
9218 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, &lsal);
9219 }
9220 break;
9221 default:
9222 throw_exception (e);
9223 }
9224 break;
9225 default:
9226 throw_exception (e);
9227 }
9228
9229 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
9230 old_chain = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
9231
9232 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
9233 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
9234 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
9235 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
9236 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
9237
9238 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9239 are ok for the target. */
9240 if (!pending)
9241 {
9242 int ix;
9243 struct linespec_sals *iter;
9244
9245 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
9246 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&iter->sals);
9247 }
9248
9249 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9250 if (!pending && type_wanted == bp_fast_tracepoint)
9251 {
9252 int ix;
9253 struct linespec_sals *iter;
9254
9255 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
9256 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch, &iter->sals);
9257 }
9258
9259 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9260 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9261 breakpoint. */
9262 if (!pending)
9263 {
9264 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
9265
9266 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
9267
9268 if (parse_condition_and_thread)
9269 {
9270 char *rest;
9271 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
9272 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
9273 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
9274 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
9275 cond_string = NULL;
9276 thread = -1;
9277 rest = NULL;
9278 find_condition_and_thread (arg, lsal->sals.sals[0].pc, &cond_string,
9279 &thread, &task, &rest);
9280 if (cond_string)
9281 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
9282 if (rest)
9283 make_cleanup (xfree, rest);
9284 if (rest)
9285 extra_string = rest;
9286 }
9287 else
9288 {
9289 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9290 if (cond_string)
9291 {
9292 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
9293 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
9294 }
9295 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9296 if (extra_string)
9297 {
9298 extra_string = xstrdup (extra_string);
9299 make_cleanup (xfree, extra_string);
9300 }
9301 }
9302
9303 ops->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, &canonical, lsal,
9304 cond_string, extra_string, type_wanted,
9305 tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch,
9306 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
9307 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags);
9308 }
9309 else
9310 {
9311 struct breakpoint *b;
9312
9313 make_cleanup (xfree, copy_arg);
9314
9315 if (is_tracepoint_type (type_wanted))
9316 {
9317 struct tracepoint *t;
9318
9319 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
9320 b = &t->base;
9321 }
9322 else
9323 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
9324
9325 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, type_wanted, ops);
9326
9327 b->addr_string = copy_arg;
9328 b->cond_string = NULL;
9329 b->extra_string = NULL;
9330 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
9331 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
9332 b->condition_not_parsed = 1;
9333 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
9334 if ((type_wanted != bp_breakpoint
9335 && type_wanted != bp_hardware_breakpoint) || thread != -1)
9336 b->pspace = current_program_space;
9337
9338 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
9339 }
9340
9341 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 1)
9342 {
9343 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
9344 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
9345 prev_breakpoint_count = prev_bkpt_count;
9346 }
9347
9348 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
9349 breakpoint. */
9350 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
9351 /* But cleanup everything else. */
9352 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9353
9354 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
9355 update_global_location_list (1);
9356
9357 return 1;
9358 }
9359
9360 /* Set a breakpoint.
9361 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
9362 condition, and thread.
9363 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
9364 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
9365 and BP_TEMPFLAG. */
9366
9367 static void
9368 break_command_1 (char *arg, int flag, int from_tty)
9369 {
9370 int tempflag = flag & BP_TEMPFLAG;
9371 enum bptype type_wanted = (flag & BP_HARDWAREFLAG
9372 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
9373 : bp_breakpoint);
9374 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
9375 const char *arg_cp = arg;
9376
9377 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
9378 if (arg && probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp) != NULL)
9379 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
9380 else
9381 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
9382
9383 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9384 arg,
9385 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
9386 tempflag, type_wanted,
9387 0 /* Ignore count */,
9388 pending_break_support,
9389 ops,
9390 from_tty,
9391 1 /* enabled */,
9392 0 /* internal */,
9393 0);
9394 }
9395
9396 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
9397
9398 void
9399 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line *sal)
9400 {
9401 CORE_ADDR pc;
9402
9403 if (sal->pc == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
9404 {
9405 if (!find_line_pc (sal->symtab, sal->line, &pc))
9406 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
9407 sal->line, sal->symtab->filename);
9408 sal->pc = pc;
9409
9410 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
9411 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
9412 if (sal->explicit_line)
9413 skip_prologue_sal (sal);
9414 }
9415
9416 if (sal->section == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
9417 {
9418 struct blockvector *bv;
9419 struct block *b;
9420 struct symbol *sym;
9421
9422 bv = blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal->pc, 0, &b, sal->symtab);
9423 if (bv != NULL)
9424 {
9425 sym = block_linkage_function (b);
9426 if (sym != NULL)
9427 {
9428 fixup_symbol_section (sym, sal->symtab->objfile);
9429 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sym);
9430 }
9431 else
9432 {
9433 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
9434 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
9435 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
9436 happen in assembly source). */
9437
9438 struct minimal_symbol *msym;
9439 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
9440
9441 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal->pspace);
9442
9443 msym = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal->pc);
9444 if (msym)
9445 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym);
9446
9447 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9448 }
9449 }
9450 }
9451 }
9452
9453 void
9454 break_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9455 {
9456 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
9457 }
9458
9459 void
9460 tbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9461 {
9462 break_command_1 (arg, BP_TEMPFLAG, from_tty);
9463 }
9464
9465 static void
9466 hbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9467 {
9468 break_command_1 (arg, BP_HARDWAREFLAG, from_tty);
9469 }
9470
9471 static void
9472 thbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9473 {
9474 break_command_1 (arg, (BP_TEMPFLAG | BP_HARDWAREFLAG), from_tty);
9475 }
9476
9477 static void
9478 stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9479 {
9480 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
9481 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
9482 stop at <line>\n"));
9483 }
9484
9485 static void
9486 stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9487 {
9488 int badInput = 0;
9489
9490 if (arg == (char *) NULL)
9491 badInput = 1;
9492 else if (*arg != '*')
9493 {
9494 char *argptr = arg;
9495 int hasColon = 0;
9496
9497 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
9498 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
9499 function/method name. */
9500 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
9501 {
9502 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
9503 argptr++;
9504 }
9505
9506 if (hasColon)
9507 badInput = (*argptr != ':'); /* Not a class::method */
9508 else
9509 badInput = isdigit (*arg); /* a simple line number */
9510 }
9511
9512 if (badInput)
9513 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
9514 else
9515 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
9516 }
9517
9518 static void
9519 stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9520 {
9521 int badInput = 0;
9522
9523 if (arg == (char *) NULL || *arg == '*') /* no line number */
9524 badInput = 1;
9525 else
9526 {
9527 char *argptr = arg;
9528 int hasColon = 0;
9529
9530 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
9531 it is probably a line number. */
9532 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
9533 {
9534 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
9535 argptr++;
9536 }
9537
9538 if (hasColon)
9539 badInput = (*argptr == ':'); /* we have class::method */
9540 else
9541 badInput = !isdigit (*arg); /* not a line number */
9542 }
9543
9544 if (badInput)
9545 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
9546 else
9547 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
9548 }
9549
9550 void dprintf_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
9551
9552 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
9553 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
9554 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
9555 line. */
9556
9557 void
9558 dprintf_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9559 {
9560 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9561 arg,
9562 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
9563 0, bp_dprintf,
9564 0 /* Ignore count */,
9565 pending_break_support,
9566 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops,
9567 from_tty,
9568 1 /* enabled */,
9569 0 /* internal */,
9570 0);
9571 }
9572
9573 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
9574 ranged breakpoints. */
9575
9576 static int
9577 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
9578 struct address_space *aspace,
9579 CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
9580 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
9581 {
9582 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
9583 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
9584 return 0;
9585
9586 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
9587 bl->length, aspace, bp_addr);
9588 }
9589
9590 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
9591 ranged breakpoints. */
9592
9593 static int
9594 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
9595 {
9596 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
9597 }
9598
9599 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
9600 ranged breakpoints. */
9601
9602 static enum print_stop_action
9603 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs)
9604 {
9605 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
9606 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
9607 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9608
9609 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
9610
9611 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9612 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
9613
9614 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
9615 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
9616 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary ranged breakpoint ");
9617 else
9618 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nRanged breakpoint ");
9619 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9620 {
9621 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
9622 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
9623 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
9624 }
9625 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
9626 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
9627
9628 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
9629 }
9630
9631 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
9632 ranged breakpoints. */
9633
9634 static void
9635 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
9636 struct bp_location **last_loc)
9637 {
9638 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
9639 struct value_print_options opts;
9640 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9641
9642 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9643 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
9644
9645 get_user_print_options (&opts);
9646
9647 if (opts.addressprint)
9648 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
9649 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
9650 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
9651 annotate_field (5);
9652 print_breakpoint_location (b, bl);
9653 *last_loc = bl;
9654 }
9655
9656 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
9657 ranged breakpoints. */
9658
9659 static void
9660 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
9661 struct ui_out *uiout)
9662 {
9663 CORE_ADDR address_start, address_end;
9664 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
9665 struct ui_file *stb = mem_fileopen ();
9666 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
9667
9668 gdb_assert (bl);
9669
9670 address_start = bl->address;
9671 address_end = address_start + bl->length - 1;
9672
9673 ui_out_text (uiout, "\taddress range: ");
9674 fprintf_unfiltered (stb, "[%s, %s]",
9675 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_start),
9676 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_end));
9677 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "addr", stb);
9678 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
9679
9680 do_cleanups (cleanup);
9681 }
9682
9683 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
9684 ranged breakpoints. */
9685
9686 static void
9687 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
9688 {
9689 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
9690 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9691
9692 gdb_assert (bl);
9693 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
9694
9695 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9696 return;
9697
9698 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
9699 b->number, paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
9700 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address + bl->length - 1));
9701 }
9702
9703 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
9704 ranged breakpoints. */
9705
9706 static void
9707 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
9708 {
9709 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break-range %s, %s", b->addr_string,
9710 b->addr_string_range_end);
9711 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
9712 }
9713
9714 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
9715
9716 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops;
9717
9718 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
9719 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
9720 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
9721 last instruction of the given line. */
9722
9723 static CORE_ADDR
9724 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal)
9725 {
9726 CORE_ADDR end;
9727
9728 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
9729 find the address of the end of the given location. */
9730 if (sal.explicit_pc)
9731 end = sal.pc;
9732 else
9733 {
9734 int ret;
9735 CORE_ADDR start;
9736
9737 ret = find_line_pc_range (sal, &start, &end);
9738 if (!ret)
9739 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
9740
9741 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
9742 end--;
9743 }
9744
9745 return end;
9746 }
9747
9748 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
9749
9750 static void
9751 break_range_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9752 {
9753 char *arg_start, *addr_string_start, *addr_string_end;
9754 struct linespec_result canonical_start, canonical_end;
9755 int bp_count, can_use_bp, length;
9756 CORE_ADDR end;
9757 struct breakpoint *b;
9758 struct symtab_and_line sal_start, sal_end;
9759 struct cleanup *cleanup_bkpt;
9760 struct linespec_sals *lsal_start, *lsal_end;
9761
9762 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
9763 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
9764 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
9765
9766 bp_count = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9767 bp_count += target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
9768 can_use_bp = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
9769 bp_count, 0);
9770 if (can_use_bp < 0)
9771 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9772
9773 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
9774 if (arg == NULL || arg[0] == '\0')
9775 error(_("No address range specified."));
9776
9777 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
9778
9779 arg_start = arg;
9780 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg, &canonical_start);
9781
9782 cleanup_bkpt = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
9783
9784 if (arg[0] != ',')
9785 error (_("Too few arguments."));
9786 else if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals))
9787 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
9788
9789 lsal_start = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals, 0);
9790
9791 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals) > 1
9792 || lsal_start->sals.nelts != 1)
9793 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
9794
9795 sal_start = lsal_start->sals.sals[0];
9796 addr_string_start = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
9797 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_start);
9798
9799 arg++; /* Skip the comma. */
9800 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
9801
9802 /* Parse the end location. */
9803
9804 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
9805 arg_start = arg;
9806
9807 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
9808 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
9809 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
9810 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
9811 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
9812 decode_line_full (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
9813 sal_start.symtab, sal_start.line,
9814 &canonical_end, NULL, NULL);
9815
9816 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
9817
9818 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals))
9819 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
9820
9821 lsal_end = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals, 0);
9822 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals) > 1
9823 || lsal_end->sals.nelts != 1)
9824 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
9825
9826 sal_end = lsal_end->sals.sals[0];
9827 addr_string_end = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
9828 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_end);
9829
9830 end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end);
9831 if (sal_start.pc > end)
9832 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
9833
9834 length = end - sal_start.pc + 1;
9835 if (length < 0)
9836 /* Length overflowed. */
9837 error (_("Address range too large."));
9838 else if (length == 1)
9839 {
9840 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
9841 the `hbreak' command. */
9842 hbreak_command (addr_string_start, 1);
9843
9844 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
9845
9846 return;
9847 }
9848
9849 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
9850 b = set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start,
9851 bp_hardware_breakpoint, &ranged_breakpoint_ops);
9852 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
9853 b->number = breakpoint_count;
9854 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
9855 b->addr_string = xstrdup (addr_string_start);
9856 b->addr_string_range_end = xstrdup (addr_string_end);
9857 b->loc->length = length;
9858
9859 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
9860
9861 mention (b);
9862 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
9863 update_global_location_list (1);
9864 }
9865
9866 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
9867 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
9868 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
9869 zero. */
9870
9871 static int
9872 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression *exp)
9873 {
9874 int i = exp->nelts;
9875
9876 while (i > 0)
9877 {
9878 int oplenp, argsp;
9879
9880 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
9881 operator_length (exp, i, &oplenp, &argsp);
9882 i -= oplenp;
9883
9884 switch (exp->elts[i].opcode)
9885 {
9886 case BINOP_ADD:
9887 case BINOP_SUB:
9888 case BINOP_MUL:
9889 case BINOP_DIV:
9890 case BINOP_REM:
9891 case BINOP_MOD:
9892 case BINOP_LSH:
9893 case BINOP_RSH:
9894 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND:
9895 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR:
9896 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND:
9897 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR:
9898 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR:
9899 case BINOP_EQUAL:
9900 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL:
9901 case BINOP_LESS:
9902 case BINOP_GTR:
9903 case BINOP_LEQ:
9904 case BINOP_GEQ:
9905 case BINOP_REPEAT:
9906 case BINOP_COMMA:
9907 case BINOP_EXP:
9908 case BINOP_MIN:
9909 case BINOP_MAX:
9910 case BINOP_INTDIV:
9911 case BINOP_CONCAT:
9912 case BINOP_IN:
9913 case BINOP_RANGE:
9914 case TERNOP_COND:
9915 case TERNOP_SLICE:
9916 case TERNOP_SLICE_COUNT:
9917
9918 case OP_LONG:
9919 case OP_DOUBLE:
9920 case OP_DECFLOAT:
9921 case OP_LAST:
9922 case OP_COMPLEX:
9923 case OP_STRING:
9924 case OP_BITSTRING:
9925 case OP_ARRAY:
9926 case OP_TYPE:
9927 case OP_NAME:
9928 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING:
9929
9930 case UNOP_NEG:
9931 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT:
9932 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT:
9933 case UNOP_ADDR:
9934 case UNOP_HIGH:
9935 case UNOP_CAST:
9936 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
9937 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
9938 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
9939 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
9940
9941 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
9942 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
9943 ADDR is. */
9944 break;
9945
9946 case OP_VAR_VALUE:
9947 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
9948
9949 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
9950 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
9951 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
9952 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
9953
9954 We also have to check for function symbols because they
9955 are always constant. */
9956 {
9957 struct symbol *s = exp->elts[i + 2].symbol;
9958
9959 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_BLOCK
9960 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST
9961 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST_BYTES)
9962 return 0;
9963 break;
9964 }
9965
9966 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
9967 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
9968 then it is not a constant. */
9969 default:
9970 return 0;
9971 }
9972 }
9973
9974 return 1;
9975 }
9976
9977 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
9978
9979 static void
9980 dtor_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *self)
9981 {
9982 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) self;
9983
9984 xfree (w->cond_exp);
9985 xfree (w->exp);
9986 xfree (w->exp_string);
9987 xfree (w->exp_string_reparse);
9988 value_free (w->val);
9989
9990 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (self);
9991 }
9992
9993 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
9994
9995 static void
9996 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
9997 {
9998 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
9999
10000 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10001 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10002
10003 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10004 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10005 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10006 are loaded and unloaded.
10007
10008 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10009 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10010 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10011 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10012 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10013 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10014
10015 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10016 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10017 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10018 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10019
10020 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10021 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10022
10023 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10024 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10025 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
10026 }
10027
10028 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10029
10030 static int
10031 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10032 {
10033 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10034 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
10035
10036 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
10037 w->cond_exp);
10038 }
10039
10040 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10041
10042 static int
10043 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10044 {
10045 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10046 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
10047
10048 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
10049 w->cond_exp);
10050 }
10051
10052 static int
10053 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
10054 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
10055 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
10056 {
10057 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
10058 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10059
10060 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10061 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10062 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10063 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10064 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10065 (did not match the data address). */
10066 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
10067 && w->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_no)
10068 return 0;
10069
10070 return 1;
10071 }
10072
10073 static void
10074 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10075 {
10076 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at));
10077
10078 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs);
10079 }
10080
10081 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10082 hardware watchpoints. */
10083
10084 static int
10085 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10086 {
10087 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10088 int length = w->exact? 1 : bl->length;
10089
10090 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl->address, length);
10091 }
10092
10093 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10094 hardware watchpoints. */
10095
10096 static int
10097 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10098 {
10099 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10100 return b->type == bp_watchpoint || b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint;
10101 }
10102
10103 static enum print_stop_action
10104 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10105 {
10106 struct cleanup *old_chain;
10107 struct breakpoint *b;
10108 const struct bp_location *bl;
10109 struct ui_file *stb;
10110 enum print_stop_action result;
10111 struct watchpoint *w;
10112 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10113
10114 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
10115
10116 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
10117 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10118 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10119
10120 stb = mem_fileopen ();
10121 old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
10122
10123 switch (b->type)
10124 {
10125 case bp_watchpoint:
10126 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10127 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10128 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10129 ui_out_field_string
10130 (uiout, "reason",
10131 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10132 mention (b);
10133 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10134 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
10135 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb);
10136 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
10137 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
10138 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10139 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
10140 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10141 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10142 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10143 break;
10144
10145 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10146 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10147 ui_out_field_string
10148 (uiout, "reason",
10149 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10150 mention (b);
10151 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10152 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
10153 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10154 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "value", stb);
10155 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10156 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10157 break;
10158
10159 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10160 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
10161 {
10162 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10163 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10164 ui_out_field_string
10165 (uiout, "reason",
10166 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10167 mention (b);
10168 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10169 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
10170 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb);
10171 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
10172 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
10173 }
10174 else
10175 {
10176 mention (b);
10177 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10178 ui_out_field_string
10179 (uiout, "reason",
10180 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10181 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10182 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
10183 }
10184 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10185 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
10186 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10187 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10188 break;
10189 default:
10190 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10191 }
10192
10193 do_cleanups (old_chain);
10194 return result;
10195 }
10196
10197 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
10198 watchpoints. */
10199
10200 static void
10201 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10202 {
10203 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
10204 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10205 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10206
10207 switch (b->type)
10208 {
10209 case bp_watchpoint:
10210 ui_out_text (uiout, "Watchpoint ");
10211 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
10212 break;
10213 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10214 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware watchpoint ");
10215 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
10216 break;
10217 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10218 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
10219 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
10220 break;
10221 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10222 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10223 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
10224 break;
10225 default:
10226 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10227 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10228 }
10229
10230 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
10231 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
10232 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
10233 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
10234 }
10235
10236 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10237 watchpoints. */
10238
10239 static void
10240 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10241 {
10242 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10243
10244 switch (b->type)
10245 {
10246 case bp_watchpoint:
10247 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10248 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
10249 break;
10250 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10251 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
10252 break;
10253 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10254 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
10255 break;
10256 default:
10257 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10258 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
10259 }
10260
10261 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", w->exp_string);
10262 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10263 }
10264
10265 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
10266
10267 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10268
10269 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
10270 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10271
10272 static int
10273 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10274 {
10275 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10276
10277 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
10278 bl->watchpoint_type);
10279 }
10280
10281 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
10282 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10283
10284 static int
10285 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10286 {
10287 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10288
10289 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
10290 bl->watchpoint_type);
10291 }
10292
10293 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10294 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10295
10296 static int
10297 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10298 {
10299 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10300
10301 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask);
10302 }
10303
10304 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10305 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10306
10307 static int
10308 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10309 {
10310 return 0;
10311 }
10312
10313 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10314 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10315
10316 static enum print_stop_action
10317 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10318 {
10319 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10320 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10321
10322 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10323 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
10324
10325 switch (b->type)
10326 {
10327 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10328 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10329 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10330 ui_out_field_string
10331 (uiout, "reason",
10332 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10333 break;
10334
10335 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10336 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10337 ui_out_field_string
10338 (uiout, "reason",
10339 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10340 break;
10341
10342 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10343 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10344 ui_out_field_string
10345 (uiout, "reason",
10346 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10347 break;
10348 default:
10349 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10350 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10351 }
10352
10353 mention (b);
10354 ui_out_text (uiout, _("\n\
10355 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
10356 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
10357 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10358
10359 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10360 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10361 }
10362
10363 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10364 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10365
10366 static void
10367 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
10368 struct ui_out *uiout)
10369 {
10370 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10371
10372 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10373 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
10374
10375 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmask ");
10376 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "mask", b->loc->gdbarch, w->hw_wp_mask);
10377 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10378 }
10379
10380 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10381 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10382
10383 static void
10384 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10385 {
10386 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10387 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10388 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
10389
10390 switch (b->type)
10391 {
10392 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10393 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
10394 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
10395 break;
10396 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10397 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
10398 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
10399 break;
10400 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10401 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10402 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
10403 break;
10404 default:
10405 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10406 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10407 }
10408
10409 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
10410 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
10411 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
10412 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
10413 }
10414
10415 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10416 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10417
10418 static void
10419 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10420 {
10421 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10422 char tmp[40];
10423
10424 switch (b->type)
10425 {
10426 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10427 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
10428 break;
10429 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10430 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
10431 break;
10432 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10433 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
10434 break;
10435 default:
10436 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10437 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10438 }
10439
10440 sprintf_vma (tmp, w->hw_wp_mask);
10441 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s mask 0x%s", w->exp_string, tmp);
10442 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10443 }
10444
10445 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
10446
10447 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10448
10449 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
10450
10451 static int
10452 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10453 {
10454 return b->ops == &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10455 }
10456
10457 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
10458 hw_read: watch read,
10459 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
10460 static void
10461 watch_command_1 (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty,
10462 int just_location, int internal)
10463 {
10464 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
10465 struct breakpoint *b, *scope_breakpoint = NULL;
10466 struct expression *exp;
10467 struct block *exp_valid_block = NULL, *cond_exp_valid_block = NULL;
10468 struct value *val, *mark, *result;
10469 struct frame_info *frame;
10470 char *exp_start = NULL;
10471 char *exp_end = NULL;
10472 char *tok, *end_tok;
10473 int toklen = -1;
10474 char *cond_start = NULL;
10475 char *cond_end = NULL;
10476 enum bptype bp_type;
10477 int thread = -1;
10478 int pc = 0;
10479 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
10480 the hardware watchpoint. */
10481 int use_mask = 0;
10482 CORE_ADDR mask = 0;
10483 struct watchpoint *w;
10484
10485 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
10486 if (arg != NULL && arg[0] != '\0')
10487 {
10488 char *value_start;
10489
10490 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
10491 of the arguments string. */
10492 for (tok = arg + strlen (arg) - 1; tok > arg; tok--)
10493 {
10494 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
10495 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
10496 tok--;
10497
10498 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
10499 This is the value of the parameter. */
10500 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
10501 tok--;
10502 value_start = tok + 1;
10503
10504 /* Skip whitespace. */
10505 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
10506 tok--;
10507
10508 end_tok = tok;
10509
10510 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
10511 This is the parameter itself. */
10512 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
10513 tok--;
10514 tok++;
10515 toklen = end_tok - tok + 1;
10516
10517 if (toklen == 6 && !strncmp (tok, "thread", 6))
10518 {
10519 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
10520 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
10521 only in a specific thread. */
10522 char *endp;
10523
10524 if (thread != -1)
10525 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
10526
10527 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
10528 thread = strtol (value_start, &endp, 0);
10529
10530 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
10531 thread ID. */
10532 if (*endp != ' ' && *endp != '\t' && *endp != '\0')
10533 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), value_start);
10534
10535 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
10536 if (!valid_thread_id (thread))
10537 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), thread);
10538 }
10539 else if (toklen == 4 && !strncmp (tok, "mask", 4))
10540 {
10541 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
10542 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
10543 facility. */
10544 struct value *mask_value, *mark;
10545
10546 if (use_mask)
10547 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
10548
10549 use_mask = just_location = 1;
10550
10551 mark = value_mark ();
10552 mask_value = parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start);
10553 mask = value_as_address (mask_value);
10554 value_free_to_mark (mark);
10555 }
10556 else
10557 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
10558 break;
10559
10560 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
10561 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
10562 *tok = '\0';
10563 }
10564 }
10565
10566 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. */
10567 innermost_block = NULL;
10568 exp_start = arg;
10569 exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0, 0);
10570 exp_end = arg;
10571 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
10572 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
10573 prettier. */
10574 while (exp_end > exp_start && (exp_end[-1] == ' ' || exp_end[-1] == '\t'))
10575 --exp_end;
10576
10577 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
10578 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp))
10579 {
10580 int len;
10581
10582 len = exp_end - exp_start;
10583 while (len > 0 && isspace (exp_start[len - 1]))
10584 len--;
10585 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len, exp_start);
10586 }
10587
10588 exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
10589 mark = value_mark ();
10590 fetch_subexp_value (exp, &pc, &val, &result, NULL);
10591
10592 if (just_location)
10593 {
10594 int ret;
10595
10596 exp_valid_block = NULL;
10597 val = value_addr (result);
10598 release_value (val);
10599 value_free_to_mark (mark);
10600
10601 if (use_mask)
10602 {
10603 ret = target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val),
10604 mask);
10605 if (ret == -1)
10606 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
10607 else if (ret == -2)
10608 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
10609 }
10610 }
10611 else if (val != NULL)
10612 release_value (val);
10613
10614 tok = skip_spaces (arg);
10615 end_tok = skip_to_space (tok);
10616
10617 toklen = end_tok - tok;
10618 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
10619 {
10620 struct expression *cond;
10621
10622 innermost_block = NULL;
10623 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
10624 cond = parse_exp_1 (&tok, 0, 0, 0);
10625
10626 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
10627 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
10628 cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
10629
10630 xfree (cond);
10631 cond_end = tok;
10632 }
10633 if (*tok)
10634 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
10635
10636 if (accessflag == hw_read)
10637 bp_type = bp_read_watchpoint;
10638 else if (accessflag == hw_access)
10639 bp_type = bp_access_watchpoint;
10640 else
10641 bp_type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
10642
10643 frame = block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block);
10644
10645 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
10646 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
10647 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
10648 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
10649 if (exp_valid_block && frame)
10650 {
10651 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame)))
10652 {
10653 scope_breakpoint
10654 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
10655 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame),
10656 bp_watchpoint_scope,
10657 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
10658
10659 scope_breakpoint->enable_state = bp_enabled;
10660
10661 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
10662 scope_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del;
10663
10664 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
10665 scope_breakpoint->frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
10666
10667 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
10668 scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch
10669 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame);
10670 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address
10671 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
10672 scope_breakpoint->loc->address
10673 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch,
10674 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address,
10675 scope_breakpoint->type);
10676 }
10677 }
10678
10679 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10680
10681 w = XCNEW (struct watchpoint);
10682 b = &w->base;
10683 if (use_mask)
10684 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
10685 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
10686 else
10687 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
10688 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
10689 b->thread = thread;
10690 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
10691 b->pspace = current_program_space;
10692 w->exp = exp;
10693 w->exp_valid_block = exp_valid_block;
10694 w->cond_exp_valid_block = cond_exp_valid_block;
10695 if (just_location)
10696 {
10697 struct type *t = value_type (val);
10698 CORE_ADDR addr = value_as_address (val);
10699 char *name;
10700
10701 t = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t)));
10702 name = type_to_string (t);
10703
10704 w->exp_string_reparse = xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name,
10705 core_addr_to_string (addr));
10706 xfree (name);
10707
10708 w->exp_string = xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
10709 (int) (exp_end - exp_start), exp_start);
10710
10711 /* The above expression is in C. */
10712 b->language = language_c;
10713 }
10714 else
10715 w->exp_string = savestring (exp_start, exp_end - exp_start);
10716
10717 if (use_mask)
10718 {
10719 w->hw_wp_mask = mask;
10720 }
10721 else
10722 {
10723 w->val = val;
10724 w->val_valid = 1;
10725 }
10726
10727 if (cond_start)
10728 b->cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
10729 else
10730 b->cond_string = 0;
10731
10732 if (frame)
10733 {
10734 w->watchpoint_frame = get_frame_id (frame);
10735 w->watchpoint_thread = inferior_ptid;
10736 }
10737 else
10738 {
10739 w->watchpoint_frame = null_frame_id;
10740 w->watchpoint_thread = null_ptid;
10741 }
10742
10743 if (scope_breakpoint != NULL)
10744 {
10745 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
10746 need to act on them together. */
10747 b->related_breakpoint = scope_breakpoint;
10748 scope_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b;
10749 }
10750
10751 if (!just_location)
10752 value_free_to_mark (mark);
10753
10754 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
10755 {
10756 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
10757 that should be inserted. */
10758 update_watchpoint (w, 1);
10759 }
10760 if (e.reason < 0)
10761 {
10762 delete_breakpoint (b);
10763 throw_exception (e);
10764 }
10765
10766 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 1);
10767 }
10768
10769 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
10770 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
10771
10772 static int
10773 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *v)
10774 {
10775 int found_memory_cnt = 0;
10776 struct value *head = v;
10777
10778 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
10779 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
10780 return 0;
10781
10782 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
10783 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
10784 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
10785 hardware watchpoint.
10786
10787 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
10788 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
10789 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
10790 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
10791 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
10792 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
10793 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
10794 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
10795 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
10796
10797 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
10798 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
10799 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
10800 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
10801 for (; v; v = value_next (v))
10802 {
10803 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory)
10804 {
10805 if (v != head && value_lazy (v))
10806 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
10807 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
10808 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
10809 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
10810 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
10811 ;
10812 else
10813 {
10814 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
10815 it with hardware watchpoints. */
10816 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
10817
10818 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
10819 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
10820 middle of some value chain. */
10821 if (v == head
10822 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
10823 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
10824 {
10825 CORE_ADDR vaddr = value_address (v);
10826 int len;
10827 int num_regs;
10828
10829 len = (target_exact_watchpoints
10830 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype))?
10831 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
10832
10833 num_regs = target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr, len);
10834 if (!num_regs)
10835 return 0;
10836 else
10837 found_memory_cnt += num_regs;
10838 }
10839 }
10840 }
10841 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) != not_lval
10842 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v) == 0)
10843 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
10844 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_register)
10845 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
10846 }
10847
10848 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
10849 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
10850 return found_memory_cnt;
10851 }
10852
10853 void
10854 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
10855 {
10856 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_write, from_tty, 0, internal);
10857 }
10858
10859 /* A helper function that looks for an argument at the start of a
10860 string. The argument must also either be at the end of the string,
10861 or be followed by whitespace. Returns 1 if it finds the argument,
10862 0 otherwise. If the argument is found, it updates *STR. */
10863
10864 static int
10865 check_for_argument (char **str, char *arg, int arg_len)
10866 {
10867 if (strncmp (*str, arg, arg_len) == 0
10868 && ((*str)[arg_len] == '\0' || isspace ((*str)[arg_len])))
10869 {
10870 *str += arg_len;
10871 return 1;
10872 }
10873 return 0;
10874 }
10875
10876 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
10877 calls watch_command_1. */
10878
10879 static void
10880 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty)
10881 {
10882 int just_location = 0;
10883
10884 if (arg
10885 && (check_for_argument (&arg, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
10886 || check_for_argument (&arg, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
10887 {
10888 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10889 just_location = 1;
10890 }
10891
10892 watch_command_1 (arg, accessflag, from_tty, just_location, 0);
10893 }
10894
10895 static void
10896 watch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10897 {
10898 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_write, from_tty);
10899 }
10900
10901 void
10902 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
10903 {
10904 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_read, from_tty, 0, internal);
10905 }
10906
10907 static void
10908 rwatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10909 {
10910 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_read, from_tty);
10911 }
10912
10913 void
10914 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
10915 {
10916 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_access, from_tty, 0, internal);
10917 }
10918
10919 static void
10920 awatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10921 {
10922 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_access, from_tty);
10923 }
10924 \f
10925
10926 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
10927 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
10928
10929 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
10930 {
10931 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
10932 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2;
10933 int thread_num;
10934 };
10935
10936 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
10937 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
10938 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
10939 command. */
10940 static void
10941 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg, int err)
10942 {
10943 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *a = arg;
10944
10945 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint);
10946 if (a->breakpoint2)
10947 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint2);
10948 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (a->thread_num);
10949 }
10950
10951 void
10952 until_break_command (char *arg, int from_tty, int anywhere)
10953 {
10954 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
10955 struct symtab_and_line sal;
10956 struct frame_info *frame;
10957 struct gdbarch *frame_gdbarch;
10958 struct frame_id stack_frame_id;
10959 struct frame_id caller_frame_id;
10960 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
10961 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2 = NULL;
10962 struct cleanup *old_chain;
10963 int thread;
10964 struct thread_info *tp;
10965
10966 clear_proceed_status ();
10967
10968 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
10969 this function. */
10970
10971 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
10972 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
10973 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
10974 get_last_displayed_line ());
10975 else
10976 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
10977 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0);
10978
10979 if (sals.nelts != 1)
10980 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
10981
10982 sal = sals.sals[0];
10983 xfree (sals.sals); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
10984
10985 if (*arg)
10986 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
10987
10988 resolve_sal_pc (&sal);
10989
10990 tp = inferior_thread ();
10991 thread = tp->num;
10992
10993 old_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
10994
10995 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
10996 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
10997 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
10998 that. */
10999
11000 frame = get_selected_frame (NULL);
11001 frame_gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
11002 stack_frame_id = get_stack_frame_id (frame);
11003 caller_frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
11004
11005 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11006 one. */
11007
11008 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id))
11009 {
11010 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
11011
11012 sal2 = find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame), 0);
11013 sal2.pc = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
11014 breakpoint2 = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
11015 sal2,
11016 caller_frame_id,
11017 bp_until);
11018 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2);
11019
11020 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp, caller_frame_id);
11021 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup, &thread);
11022 }
11023
11024 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11025 frame = NULL;
11026
11027 if (anywhere)
11028 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11029 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11030 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
11031 null_frame_id, bp_until);
11032 else
11033 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11034 only at the very same frame. */
11035 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
11036 stack_frame_id, bp_until);
11037 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint);
11038
11039 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT, 0);
11040
11041 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has
11042 actually managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to
11043 be deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already
11044 stopped and delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
11045
11046 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid))
11047 {
11048 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *args;
11049 args = xmalloc (sizeof (*args));
11050
11051 args->breakpoint = breakpoint;
11052 args->breakpoint2 = breakpoint2;
11053 args->thread_num = thread;
11054
11055 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
11056 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
11057 until_break_command_continuation, args,
11058 xfree);
11059 }
11060 else
11061 do_cleanups (old_chain);
11062 }
11063
11064 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11065 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11066
11067 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11068 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11069 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11070 if clause in the arg string. */
11071
11072 static char *
11073 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg)
11074 {
11075 char *cond_string;
11076
11077 if (((*arg)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg)[2]))
11078 return NULL;
11079
11080 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11081 (*arg) += 2;
11082
11083 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11084 condition string. */
11085 *arg = skip_spaces (*arg);
11086 cond_string = *arg;
11087
11088 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11089 string. */
11090 (*arg) += strlen (cond_string);
11091
11092 return cond_string;
11093 }
11094
11095 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11096 process start/exit, etc. */
11097
11098 typedef enum
11099 {
11100 catch_fork_temporary, catch_vfork_temporary,
11101 catch_fork_permanent, catch_vfork_permanent
11102 }
11103 catch_fork_kind;
11104
11105 static void
11106 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11107 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11108 {
11109 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11110 char *cond_string = NULL;
11111 catch_fork_kind fork_kind;
11112 int tempflag;
11113
11114 fork_kind = (catch_fork_kind) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command);
11115 tempflag = (fork_kind == catch_fork_temporary
11116 || fork_kind == catch_vfork_temporary);
11117
11118 if (!arg)
11119 arg = "";
11120 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11121
11122 /* The allowed syntax is:
11123 catch [v]fork
11124 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11125
11126 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11127 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11128
11129 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11130 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11131
11132 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11133 and enable reporting of such events. */
11134 switch (fork_kind)
11135 {
11136 case catch_fork_temporary:
11137 case catch_fork_permanent:
11138 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11139 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops);
11140 break;
11141 case catch_vfork_temporary:
11142 case catch_vfork_permanent:
11143 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11144 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops);
11145 break;
11146 default:
11147 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11148 break;
11149 }
11150 }
11151
11152 static void
11153 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11154 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11155 {
11156 struct exec_catchpoint *c;
11157 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11158 int tempflag;
11159 char *cond_string = NULL;
11160
11161 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11162
11163 if (!arg)
11164 arg = "";
11165 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11166
11167 /* The allowed syntax is:
11168 catch exec
11169 catch exec if <cond>
11170
11171 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11172 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11173
11174 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11175 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11176
11177 c = XNEW (struct exec_catchpoint);
11178 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11179 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops);
11180 c->exec_pathname = NULL;
11181
11182 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
11183 }
11184
11185 static enum print_stop_action
11186 print_it_exception_catchpoint (bpstat bs)
11187 {
11188 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11189 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
11190 int bp_temp, bp_throw;
11191
11192 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
11193
11194 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
11195 if (b->loc->address != b->loc->requested_address)
11196 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (b->loc->requested_address,
11197 b->loc->address,
11198 b->number, 1);
11199 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
11200 ui_out_text (uiout,
11201 bp_temp ? "Temporary catchpoint "
11202 : "Catchpoint ");
11203 if (!ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11204 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
11205 ui_out_text (uiout,
11206 bp_throw ? " (exception thrown), "
11207 : " (exception caught), ");
11208 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11209 {
11210 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
11211 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
11212 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
11213 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
11214 }
11215 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
11216 }
11217
11218 static void
11219 print_one_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
11220 struct bp_location **last_loc)
11221 {
11222 struct value_print_options opts;
11223 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11224
11225 get_user_print_options (&opts);
11226 if (opts.addressprint)
11227 {
11228 annotate_field (4);
11229 if (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->shlib_disabled)
11230 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
11231 else
11232 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr",
11233 b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address);
11234 }
11235 annotate_field (5);
11236 if (b->loc)
11237 *last_loc = b->loc;
11238 if (strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL)
11239 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception throw");
11240 else
11241 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception catch");
11242 }
11243
11244 static void
11245 print_mention_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
11246 {
11247 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11248 int bp_temp;
11249 int bp_throw;
11250
11251 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
11252 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
11253 ui_out_text (uiout, bp_temp ? _("Temporary catchpoint ")
11254 : _("Catchpoint "));
11255 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
11256 ui_out_text (uiout, bp_throw ? _(" (throw)")
11257 : _(" (catch)"));
11258 }
11259
11260 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for throw and
11261 catch catchpoints. */
11262
11263 static void
11264 print_recreate_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
11265 struct ui_file *fp)
11266 {
11267 int bp_temp;
11268 int bp_throw;
11269
11270 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
11271 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
11272 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, bp_temp ? "tcatch " : "catch ");
11273 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, bp_throw ? "throw" : "catch");
11274 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
11275 }
11276
11277 static struct breakpoint_ops gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops;
11278
11279 static int
11280 handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (int tempflag, char *cond_string,
11281 enum exception_event_kind ex_event, int from_tty)
11282 {
11283 char *trigger_func_name;
11284
11285 if (ex_event == EX_EVENT_CATCH)
11286 trigger_func_name = "__cxa_begin_catch";
11287 else
11288 trigger_func_name = "__cxa_throw";
11289
11290 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
11291 trigger_func_name, cond_string, -1, NULL,
11292 0 /* condition and thread are valid. */,
11293 tempflag, bp_breakpoint,
11294 0,
11295 AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE /* pending */,
11296 &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops, from_tty,
11297 1 /* enabled */,
11298 0 /* internal */,
11299 0);
11300
11301 return 1;
11302 }
11303
11304 /* Deal with "catch catch" and "catch throw" commands. */
11305
11306 static void
11307 catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event, char *arg,
11308 int tempflag, int from_tty)
11309 {
11310 char *cond_string = NULL;
11311
11312 if (!arg)
11313 arg = "";
11314 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11315
11316 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11317
11318 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11319 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11320
11321 if (ex_event != EX_EVENT_THROW
11322 && ex_event != EX_EVENT_CATCH)
11323 error (_("Unsupported or unknown exception event; cannot catch it"));
11324
11325 if (handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (tempflag, cond_string, ex_event, from_tty))
11326 return;
11327
11328 warning (_("Unsupported with this platform/compiler combination."));
11329 }
11330
11331 /* Implementation of "catch catch" command. */
11332
11333 static void
11334 catch_catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
11335 {
11336 int tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11337
11338 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_CATCH, arg, tempflag, from_tty);
11339 }
11340
11341 /* Implementation of "catch throw" command. */
11342
11343 static void
11344 catch_throw_command (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
11345 {
11346 int tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11347
11348 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_THROW, arg, tempflag, from_tty);
11349 }
11350
11351 void
11352 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
11353 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
11354 struct symtab_and_line sal,
11355 char *addr_string,
11356 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
11357 int tempflag,
11358 int from_tty)
11359 {
11360 if (from_tty)
11361 {
11362 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
11363 if (!loc_gdbarch)
11364 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
11365
11366 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
11367 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, -1);
11368 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
11369 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
11370 used for different exception names will use the same address.
11371 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
11372 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
11373 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
11374 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
11375 enough for now, though. */
11376 }
11377
11378 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_breakpoint, ops);
11379
11380 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
11381 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
11382 b->addr_string = addr_string;
11383 b->language = language_ada;
11384 }
11385
11386 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
11387 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
11388 static VEC(int) *
11389 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg)
11390 {
11391 VEC(int) *result = NULL;
11392 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (int), &result);
11393
11394 while (*arg != '\0')
11395 {
11396 int i, syscall_number;
11397 char *endptr;
11398 char cur_name[128];
11399 struct syscall s;
11400
11401 /* Skip whitespace. */
11402 while (isspace (*arg))
11403 arg++;
11404
11405 for (i = 0; i < 127 && arg[i] && !isspace (arg[i]); ++i)
11406 cur_name[i] = arg[i];
11407 cur_name[i] = '\0';
11408 arg += i;
11409
11410 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
11411 syscall_number = (int) strtol (cur_name, &endptr, 0);
11412 if (*endptr == '\0')
11413 get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number, &s);
11414 else
11415 {
11416 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
11417 to a number. */
11418 get_syscall_by_name (cur_name, &s);
11419
11420 if (s.number == UNKNOWN_SYSCALL)
11421 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning,
11422 because GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no
11423 syscall number to be caught. */
11424 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name);
11425 }
11426
11427 /* Ok, it's valid. */
11428 VEC_safe_push (int, result, s.number);
11429 }
11430
11431 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
11432 return result;
11433 }
11434
11435 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
11436
11437 static void
11438 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11439 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11440 {
11441 int tempflag;
11442 VEC(int) *filter;
11443 struct syscall s;
11444 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11445
11446 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
11447 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch) == 0)
11448 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
11449 this architecture yet."));
11450
11451 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11452
11453 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11454
11455 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
11456 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
11457 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
11458 for his/her architecture. */
11459 get_syscall_by_number (0, &s);
11460
11461 /* The allowed syntax is:
11462 catch syscall
11463 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
11464
11465 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
11466
11467 if (arg != NULL)
11468 filter = catch_syscall_split_args (arg);
11469 else
11470 filter = NULL;
11471
11472 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag, filter,
11473 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
11474 }
11475
11476 static void
11477 catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11478 {
11479 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11480 }
11481 \f
11482
11483 static void
11484 tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11485 {
11486 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11487 }
11488
11489 /* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order. */
11490
11491 static int
11492 compare_breakpoints (const void *a, const void *b)
11493 {
11494 const breakpoint_p *ba = a;
11495 uintptr_t ua = (uintptr_t) *ba;
11496 const breakpoint_p *bb = b;
11497 uintptr_t ub = (uintptr_t) *bb;
11498
11499 if ((*ba)->number < (*bb)->number)
11500 return -1;
11501 else if ((*ba)->number > (*bb)->number)
11502 return 1;
11503
11504 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
11505 the number 0. */
11506 if (ua < ub)
11507 return -1;
11508 return ub > ub ? 1 : 0;
11509 }
11510
11511 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
11512
11513 static void
11514 clear_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11515 {
11516 struct breakpoint *b, *prev;
11517 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
11518 int ix;
11519 int default_match;
11520 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
11521 struct symtab_and_line sal;
11522 int i;
11523 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
11524
11525 if (arg)
11526 {
11527 sals = decode_line_with_current_source (arg,
11528 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
11529 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE));
11530 default_match = 0;
11531 }
11532 else
11533 {
11534 sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
11535 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
11536 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
11537 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
11538
11539 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
11540 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
11541 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
11542 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
11543 if (sal.symtab == 0)
11544 error (_("No source file specified."));
11545
11546 sals.sals[0] = sal;
11547 sals.nelts = 1;
11548
11549 default_match = 1;
11550 }
11551
11552 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
11553 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
11554 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
11555 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
11556
11557 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
11558 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
11559 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
11560 due to optimization, all in one block.
11561
11562 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
11563 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
11564 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
11565 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
11566 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
11567 to support that. */
11568
11569 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
11570 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
11571 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
11572 breakpoint. */
11573
11574 found = NULL;
11575 make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p), &found);
11576 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
11577 {
11578 int is_abs, sal_name_len;
11579
11580 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
11581 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
11582 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
11583 or at default pc.
11584
11585 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
11586
11587 0 1 pc
11588 1 1 pc _and_ line
11589 0 0 line
11590 1 0 <can't happen> */
11591
11592 sal = sals.sals[i];
11593 is_abs = sal.symtab == NULL ? 1 : IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (sal.symtab->filename);
11594 sal_name_len = is_abs ? 0 : strlen (sal.symtab->filename);
11595
11596 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
11597 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
11598 {
11599 int match = 0;
11600 /* Are we going to delete b? */
11601 if (b->type != bp_none && !is_watchpoint (b))
11602 {
11603 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
11604 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
11605 {
11606 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
11607 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
11608 int pc_match = (!sal.explicit_line
11609 && sal.pc
11610 && (loc->pspace == sal.pspace)
11611 && (loc->address == sal.pc)
11612 && (!section_is_overlay (loc->section)
11613 || loc->section == sal.section));
11614 int line_match = 0;
11615
11616 if ((default_match || sal.explicit_line)
11617 && loc->source_file != NULL
11618 && sal.symtab != NULL
11619 && sal.pspace == loc->pspace
11620 && loc->line_number == sal.line)
11621 {
11622 if (filename_cmp (loc->source_file,
11623 sal.symtab->filename) == 0)
11624 line_match = 1;
11625 else if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (sal.symtab->filename)
11626 && compare_filenames_for_search (loc->source_file,
11627 sal.symtab->filename,
11628 sal_name_len))
11629 line_match = 1;
11630 }
11631
11632 if (pc_match || line_match)
11633 {
11634 match = 1;
11635 break;
11636 }
11637 }
11638 }
11639
11640 if (match)
11641 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
11642 }
11643 }
11644
11645 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
11646 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p, found))
11647 {
11648 if (arg)
11649 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg);
11650 else
11651 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
11652 }
11653
11654 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
11655 qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p, found),
11656 VEC_length (breakpoint_p, found),
11657 sizeof (breakpoint_p),
11658 compare_breakpoints);
11659 prev = VEC_index (breakpoint_p, found, 0);
11660 for (ix = 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ++ix)
11661 {
11662 if (b == prev)
11663 {
11664 VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p, found, ix);
11665 --ix;
11666 }
11667 }
11668
11669 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) > 1)
11670 from_tty = 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
11671 if (from_tty)
11672 {
11673 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) == 1)
11674 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
11675 else
11676 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
11677 }
11678 breakpoints_changed ();
11679
11680 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ix++)
11681 {
11682 if (from_tty)
11683 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b->number);
11684 delete_breakpoint (b);
11685 }
11686 if (from_tty)
11687 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
11688
11689 do_cleanups (cleanups);
11690 }
11691 \f
11692 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
11693 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
11694 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
11695
11696 void
11697 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs)
11698 {
11699 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
11700
11701 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
11702 if (bs->breakpoint_at
11703 && bs->breakpoint_at->disposition == disp_del
11704 && bs->stop)
11705 delete_breakpoint (bs->breakpoint_at);
11706
11707 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
11708 {
11709 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
11710 delete_breakpoint (b);
11711 }
11712 }
11713
11714 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
11715 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
11716 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
11717 secondarily by ordering first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and
11718 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
11719 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
11720
11721 static int
11722 bp_location_compare (const void *ap, const void *bp)
11723 {
11724 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap;
11725 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp;
11726 /* A and B come from existing breakpoints having non-NULL OWNER. */
11727 int a_perm = a->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
11728 int b_perm = b->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
11729
11730 if (a->address != b->address)
11731 return (a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address);
11732
11733 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
11734 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
11735 grouped. */
11736
11737 if (a->pspace->num != b->pspace->num)
11738 return ((a->pspace->num > b->pspace->num)
11739 - (a->pspace->num < b->pspace->num));
11740
11741 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
11742 if (a_perm != b_perm)
11743 return (a_perm < b_perm) - (a_perm > b_perm);
11744
11745 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
11746 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
11747 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
11748
11749 if (a->owner->number != b->owner->number)
11750 return ((a->owner->number > b->owner->number)
11751 - (a->owner->number < b->owner->number));
11752
11753 return (a > b) - (a < b);
11754 }
11755
11756 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
11757 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
11758 content of the bp_location array. */
11759
11760 static void
11761 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
11762 {
11763 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
11764
11765 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = 0;
11766 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = 0;
11767
11768 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
11769 {
11770 CORE_ADDR start, end, addr;
11771
11772 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
11773 continue;
11774
11775 start = bl->target_info.placed_address;
11776 end = start + bl->target_info.shadow_len;
11777
11778 gdb_assert (bl->address >= start);
11779 addr = bl->address - start;
11780 if (addr > bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
11781 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = addr;
11782
11783 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
11784
11785 gdb_assert (bl->address < end);
11786 addr = end - bl->address;
11787 if (addr > bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max)
11788 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = addr;
11789 }
11790 }
11791
11792 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
11793
11794 static void
11795 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
11796 {
11797 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
11798 struct cleanup *old_chain;
11799
11800 if (!target_can_download_tracepoint ())
11801 return;
11802
11803 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
11804
11805 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
11806 {
11807 struct tracepoint *t;
11808
11809 if (!is_tracepoint (bl->owner))
11810 continue;
11811
11812 if ((bl->owner->type == bp_fast_tracepoint
11813 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
11814 : !may_insert_tracepoints))
11815 continue;
11816
11817 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
11818 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
11819 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
11820 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || bl->inserted)
11821 continue;
11822
11823 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
11824
11825 target_download_tracepoint (bl);
11826
11827 bl->inserted = 1;
11828 t = (struct tracepoint *) bl->owner;
11829 t->number_on_target = bl->owner->number;
11830 }
11831
11832 do_cleanups (old_chain);
11833 }
11834
11835 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
11836
11837 static void
11838 swap_insertion (struct bp_location *left, struct bp_location *right)
11839 {
11840 const int left_inserted = left->inserted;
11841 const int left_duplicate = left->duplicate;
11842 const int left_needs_update = left->needs_update;
11843 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info = left->target_info;
11844
11845 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
11846 if (is_tracepoint (left->owner))
11847 gdb_assert (!left->duplicate);
11848 if (is_tracepoint (right->owner))
11849 gdb_assert (!right->duplicate);
11850
11851 left->inserted = right->inserted;
11852 left->duplicate = right->duplicate;
11853 left->needs_update = right->needs_update;
11854 left->target_info = right->target_info;
11855 right->inserted = left_inserted;
11856 right->duplicate = left_duplicate;
11857 right->needs_update = left_needs_update;
11858 right->target_info = left_target_info;
11859 }
11860
11861 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
11862 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
11863 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
11864 the target. */
11865
11866 static void
11867 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location *bl)
11868 {
11869 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
11870 struct bp_location *loc;
11871 CORE_ADDR address = 0;
11872 int pspace_num;
11873
11874 address = bl->address;
11875 pspace_num = bl->pspace->num;
11876
11877 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
11878 evaluating conditions and if the user has
11879 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
11880 side. */
11881 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
11882 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
11883 return;
11884
11885 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
11886 the same program space as the location
11887 as "its condition has changed". We need to
11888 update the conditions on the target's side. */
11889 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, address)
11890 {
11891 loc = *loc2p;
11892
11893 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
11894 || pspace_num != loc->pspace->num)
11895 continue;
11896
11897 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
11898 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
11899 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
11900 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
11901 that have already been marked. */
11902 loc->condition_changed = condition_updated;
11903
11904 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
11905 it later on. */
11906 if (loc->cond_bytecode)
11907 {
11908 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
11909 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
11910 }
11911 }
11912 }
11913
11914 /* If SHOULD_INSERT is false, do not insert any breakpoint locations
11915 into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no
11916 longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or
11917 breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint
11918 doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
11919 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
11920 returns true on them.
11921
11922 This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
11923 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint
11924 shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored
11925 to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has
11926 execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all
11927 breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */
11928
11929 static void
11930 update_global_location_list (int should_insert)
11931 {
11932 struct breakpoint *b;
11933 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
11934 struct cleanup *cleanups;
11935 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
11936 CORE_ADDR last_addr = 0;
11937 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
11938 int last_pspace_num = -1;
11939
11940 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
11941 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
11942 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
11943 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
11944 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
11945 once. */
11946 struct bp_location *bp_loc_first; /* breakpoint */
11947 struct bp_location *wp_loc_first; /* hardware watchpoint */
11948 struct bp_location *awp_loc_first; /* access watchpoint */
11949 struct bp_location *rwp_loc_first; /* read watchpoint */
11950
11951 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
11952 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
11953 struct bp_location **old_location, **old_locp;
11954 unsigned old_location_count;
11955
11956 old_location = bp_location;
11957 old_location_count = bp_location_count;
11958 bp_location = NULL;
11959 bp_location_count = 0;
11960 cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, old_location);
11961
11962 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
11963 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
11964 bp_location_count++;
11965
11966 bp_location = xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location) * bp_location_count);
11967 locp = bp_location;
11968 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
11969 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
11970 *locp++ = loc;
11971 qsort (bp_location, bp_location_count, sizeof (*bp_location),
11972 bp_location_compare);
11973
11974 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
11975
11976 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
11977 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
11978 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
11979 if there's another location at the same address (previously
11980 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
11981 location.
11982
11983 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
11984 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
11985
11986 locp = bp_location;
11987 for (old_locp = old_location; old_locp < old_location + old_location_count;
11988 old_locp++)
11989 {
11990 struct bp_location *old_loc = *old_locp;
11991 struct bp_location **loc2p;
11992
11993 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
11994 not, we have to free it. */
11995 int found_object = 0;
11996 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
11997 int keep_in_target = 0;
11998 int removed = 0;
11999
12000 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
12001 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
12002 while (locp < bp_location + bp_location_count
12003 && (*locp)->address < old_loc->address)
12004 locp++;
12005
12006 for (loc2p = locp;
12007 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
12008 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
12009 loc2p++)
12010 {
12011 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
12012 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
12013 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
12014 place there. */
12015 if ((*loc2p)->condition_changed == condition_modified
12016 && (last_addr != old_loc->address
12017 || last_pspace_num != old_loc->pspace->num))
12018 {
12019 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p);
12020 last_pspace_num = old_loc->pspace->num;
12021 }
12022
12023 if (*loc2p == old_loc)
12024 found_object = 1;
12025 }
12026
12027 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
12028 have to go through updates again. */
12029 last_addr = old_loc->address;
12030
12031 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
12032 if (!found_object)
12033 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc);
12034
12035 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
12036 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
12037 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
12038 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
12039 at certain location is not inserted. */
12040
12041 if (old_loc->inserted)
12042 {
12043 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
12044 it. */
12045
12046 if (found_object && should_be_inserted (old_loc))
12047 {
12048 /* The location is still present in the location list,
12049 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
12050 keep_in_target = 1;
12051 }
12052 else
12053 {
12054 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
12055 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
12056 remove its target-side condition. */
12057
12058 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
12059 disabled. See if there's another location at the
12060 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
12061 this one from the target. */
12062
12063 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
12064 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner))
12065 {
12066 for (loc2p = locp;
12067 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
12068 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
12069 loc2p++)
12070 {
12071 struct bp_location *loc2 = *loc2p;
12072
12073 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2, old_loc))
12074 {
12075 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
12076 access watchpoints, if the former are not
12077 supported, but the latter are. */
12078 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
12079 {
12080 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner));
12081 loc2->watchpoint_type = old_loc->watchpoint_type;
12082 }
12083
12084 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
12085 if it should be inserted in case it will be
12086 unduplicated. */
12087 if (loc2 != old_loc
12088 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2))
12089 {
12090 swap_insertion (old_loc, loc2);
12091 keep_in_target = 1;
12092 break;
12093 }
12094 }
12095 }
12096 }
12097 }
12098
12099 if (!keep_in_target)
12100 {
12101 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc, mark_uninserted))
12102 {
12103 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
12104 this location on the global list, and try to
12105 remove it next time, but there's no particular
12106 reason why we will succeed next time.
12107
12108 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
12109 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
12110 only after calling us. */
12111 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
12112 "breakpoint %d\n"),
12113 old_loc->owner->number);
12114 }
12115 removed = 1;
12116 }
12117 }
12118
12119 if (!found_object)
12120 {
12121 if (removed && non_stop
12122 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner)
12123 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
12124 {
12125 /* This location was removed from the target. In
12126 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
12127 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
12128 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
12129 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
12130 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
12131 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
12132 after we see some number of events. The theory here
12133 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
12134 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
12135 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
12136 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
12137 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
12138 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
12139 SIGTRAP.
12140
12141 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
12142 decr_pc_after_break targets.
12143
12144 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
12145 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
12146 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
12147 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
12148 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
12149 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
12150 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
12151 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
12152 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
12153 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
12154 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
12155 targets that do not support new thread events, like
12156 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
12157 thread_count.
12158
12159 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
12160 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
12161 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
12162 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
12163
12164 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
12165 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
12166 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
12167 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
12168 traps we can no longer explain. */
12169
12170 old_loc->events_till_retirement = 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
12171 old_loc->owner = NULL;
12172
12173 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, old_loc);
12174 }
12175 else
12176 {
12177 old_loc->owner = NULL;
12178 decref_bp_location (&old_loc);
12179 }
12180 }
12181 }
12182
12183 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12184 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12185 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12186 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12187 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12188 are sorted first for the same address.
12189
12190 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12191 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12192
12193 bp_loc_first = NULL;
12194 wp_loc_first = NULL;
12195 awp_loc_first = NULL;
12196 rwp_loc_first = NULL;
12197 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
12198 {
12199 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12200 non-NULL. */
12201 struct bp_location **loc_first_p;
12202 b = loc->owner;
12203
12204 if (!should_be_inserted (loc)
12205 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b)
12206 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12207 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12208 `struct bp_location'. */
12209 || is_tracepoint (b))
12210 {
12211 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12212 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12213 continue;
12214 }
12215
12216 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
12217 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent && ! loc->inserted)
12218 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12219 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
12220 "actually inserted"));
12221
12222 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
12223 loc_first_p = &wp_loc_first;
12224 else if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
12225 loc_first_p = &rwp_loc_first;
12226 else if (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
12227 loc_first_p = &awp_loc_first;
12228 else
12229 loc_first_p = &bp_loc_first;
12230
12231 if (*loc_first_p == NULL
12232 || (overlay_debugging && loc->section != (*loc_first_p)->section)
12233 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc, *loc_first_p))
12234 {
12235 *loc_first_p = loc;
12236 loc->duplicate = 0;
12237
12238 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->condition_changed)
12239 {
12240 loc->needs_update = 1;
12241 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12242 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12243 }
12244 continue;
12245 }
12246
12247
12248 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12249 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12250 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12251 if (loc->inserted)
12252 swap_insertion (loc, *loc_first_p);
12253 loc->duplicate = 1;
12254
12255 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12256 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12257
12258 if ((*loc_first_p)->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent && loc->inserted
12259 && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
12260 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12261 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
12262 "a permanent breakpoint"));
12263 }
12264
12265 if (breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ()
12266 && (have_live_inferiors ()
12267 || (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch))))
12268 {
12269 if (should_insert)
12270 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12271 else
12272 {
12273 /* Though should_insert is false, we may need to update conditions
12274 on the target's side if it is evaluating such conditions. We
12275 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12276 "needs_update". */
12277 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12278 }
12279 }
12280
12281 if (should_insert)
12282 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12283
12284 do_cleanups (cleanups);
12285 }
12286
12287 void
12288 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12289 {
12290 struct bp_location *loc;
12291 int ix;
12292
12293 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
12294 if (--(loc->events_till_retirement) == 0)
12295 {
12296 decref_bp_location (&loc);
12297 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix);
12298 --ix;
12299 }
12300 }
12301
12302 static void
12303 update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting)
12304 {
12305 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
12306
12307 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
12308 update_global_location_list (inserting);
12309 }
12310
12311 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12312
12313 static void
12314 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps, struct breakpoint *bpt)
12315 {
12316 bpstat bs;
12317
12318 for (bs = bps; bs; bs = bs->next)
12319 if (bs->breakpoint_at == bpt)
12320 {
12321 bs->breakpoint_at = NULL;
12322 bs->old_val = NULL;
12323 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12324 }
12325 }
12326
12327 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12328 static int
12329 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info *th, void *data)
12330 {
12331 struct breakpoint *bpt = data;
12332
12333 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th->control.stop_bpstat, bpt);
12334 return 0;
12335 }
12336
12337 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12338 callbacks. */
12339
12340 static void
12341 say_where (struct breakpoint *b)
12342 {
12343 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
12344 struct value_print_options opts;
12345
12346 get_user_print_options (&opts);
12347
12348 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12349 single string. */
12350 if (b->loc == NULL)
12351 {
12352 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b->addr_string);
12353 }
12354 else
12355 {
12356 if (opts.addressprint || b->loc->source_file == NULL)
12357 {
12358 printf_filtered (" at ");
12359 fputs_filtered (paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address),
12360 gdb_stdout);
12361 }
12362 if (b->loc->source_file)
12363 {
12364 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
12365 more nicely. */
12366 if (b->loc->next == NULL)
12367 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
12368 b->loc->source_file, b->loc->line_number);
12369 else
12370 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
12371 different file name, and this at least reflects the
12372 real situation somewhat. */
12373 printf_filtered (": %s.", b->addr_string);
12374 }
12375
12376 if (b->loc->next)
12377 {
12378 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
12379 int n = 0;
12380 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
12381 ++n;
12382 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n);
12383 }
12384 }
12385 }
12386
12387 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
12388
12389 static void
12390 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location *self)
12391 {
12392 xfree (self->cond);
12393 if (self->cond_bytecode)
12394 free_agent_expr (self->cond_bytecode);
12395 xfree (self->function_name);
12396 xfree (self->source_file);
12397 }
12398
12399 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops =
12400 {
12401 bp_location_dtor
12402 };
12403
12404 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods all breakpoint_ops ultimately
12405 inherit from. */
12406
12407 static void
12408 base_breakpoint_dtor (struct breakpoint *self)
12409 {
12410 decref_counted_command_line (&self->commands);
12411 xfree (self->cond_string);
12412 xfree (self->addr_string);
12413 xfree (self->filter);
12414 xfree (self->addr_string_range_end);
12415 }
12416
12417 static struct bp_location *
12418 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint *self)
12419 {
12420 struct bp_location *loc;
12421
12422 loc = XNEW (struct bp_location);
12423 init_bp_location (loc, &bp_location_ops, self);
12424 return loc;
12425 }
12426
12427 static void
12428 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12429 {
12430 /* Nothing to re-set. */
12431 }
12432
12433 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
12434 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
12435
12436 static int
12437 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12438 {
12439 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12440 }
12441
12442 static int
12443 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12444 {
12445 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12446 }
12447
12448 static int
12449 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
12450 struct address_space *aspace,
12451 CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
12452 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
12453 {
12454 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12455 }
12456
12457 static void
12458 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs)
12459 {
12460 /* Always stop. */
12461 }
12462
12463 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12464 errors. */
12465
12466 static int
12467 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint *b)
12468 {
12469 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12470 }
12471
12472 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12473 errors. */
12474
12475 static int
12476 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
12477 {
12478 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12479 }
12480
12481 static enum print_stop_action
12482 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs)
12483 {
12484 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12485 }
12486
12487 static void
12488 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
12489 struct ui_out *uiout)
12490 {
12491 /* nothing */
12492 }
12493
12494 static void
12495 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
12496 {
12497 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12498 }
12499
12500 static void
12501 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
12502 {
12503 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12504 }
12505
12506 static void
12507 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
12508 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12509 enum bptype type_wanted,
12510 char *addr_start,
12511 char **copy_arg)
12512 {
12513 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12514 }
12515
12516 static void
12517 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12518 struct linespec_result *c,
12519 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
12520 char *cond_string,
12521 char *extra_string,
12522 enum bptype type_wanted,
12523 enum bpdisp disposition,
12524 int thread,
12525 int task, int ignore_count,
12526 const struct breakpoint_ops *o,
12527 int from_tty, int enabled,
12528 int internal, unsigned flags)
12529 {
12530 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12531 }
12532
12533 static void
12534 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
12535 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
12536 {
12537 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12538 }
12539
12540 static struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops =
12541 {
12542 base_breakpoint_dtor,
12543 base_breakpoint_allocate_location,
12544 base_breakpoint_re_set,
12545 base_breakpoint_insert_location,
12546 base_breakpoint_remove_location,
12547 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit,
12548 base_breakpoint_check_status,
12549 base_breakpoint_resources_needed,
12550 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode,
12551 base_breakpoint_print_it,
12552 NULL,
12553 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail,
12554 base_breakpoint_print_mention,
12555 base_breakpoint_print_recreate,
12556 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address,
12557 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal,
12558 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec,
12559 };
12560
12561 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
12562
12563 static void
12564 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12565 {
12566 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
12567 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
12568 {
12569 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
12570 delete_breakpoint (b);
12571 return;
12572 }
12573
12574 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
12575 }
12576
12577 static int
12578 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12579 {
12580 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
12581 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
12582 &bl->target_info);
12583 else
12584 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
12585 &bl->target_info);
12586 }
12587
12588 static int
12589 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12590 {
12591 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
12592 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
12593 else
12594 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
12595 }
12596
12597 static int
12598 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
12599 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
12600 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
12601 {
12602 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
12603
12604 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
12605 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
12606 return 0;
12607
12608 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
12609 aspace, bp_addr))
12610 return 0;
12611
12612 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */
12613 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
12614 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
12615 return 0;
12616
12617 return 1;
12618 }
12619
12620 static int
12621 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
12622 {
12623 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
12624
12625 return 1;
12626 }
12627
12628 static enum print_stop_action
12629 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
12630 {
12631 struct breakpoint *b;
12632 const struct bp_location *bl;
12633 int bp_temp;
12634 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
12635
12636 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
12637
12638 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
12639 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
12640
12641 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
12642 if (bl->address != bl->requested_address)
12643 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl->requested_address,
12644 bl->address,
12645 b->number, 1);
12646 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
12647 if (bp_temp)
12648 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
12649 else
12650 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nBreakpoint ");
12651 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
12652 {
12653 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
12654 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
12655 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
12656 }
12657 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
12658 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
12659
12660 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
12661 }
12662
12663 static void
12664 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
12665 {
12666 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
12667 return;
12668
12669 switch (b->type)
12670 {
12671 case bp_breakpoint:
12672 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
12673 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
12674 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
12675 else
12676 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
12677 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
12678 if (b->type == bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver)
12679 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
12680 break;
12681 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
12682 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b->number);
12683 break;
12684 case bp_dprintf:
12685 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b->number);
12686 break;
12687 }
12688
12689 say_where (b);
12690 }
12691
12692 static void
12693 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *tp, struct ui_file *fp)
12694 {
12695 if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint && tp->disposition == disp_del)
12696 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "tbreak");
12697 else if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint)
12698 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break");
12699 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
12700 && tp->disposition == disp_del)
12701 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "thbreak");
12702 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
12703 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "hbreak");
12704 else
12705 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12706 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp->type);
12707
12708 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", tp->addr_string);
12709 print_recreate_thread (tp, fp);
12710 }
12711
12712 static void
12713 bkpt_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
12714 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12715 enum bptype type_wanted,
12716 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
12717 {
12718 create_sals_from_address_default (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
12719 addr_start, copy_arg);
12720 }
12721
12722 static void
12723 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12724 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12725 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
12726 char *cond_string,
12727 char *extra_string,
12728 enum bptype type_wanted,
12729 enum bpdisp disposition,
12730 int thread,
12731 int task, int ignore_count,
12732 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
12733 int from_tty, int enabled,
12734 int internal, unsigned flags)
12735 {
12736 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical, lsal,
12737 cond_string, extra_string,
12738 type_wanted,
12739 disposition, thread, task,
12740 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
12741 enabled, internal, flags);
12742 }
12743
12744 static void
12745 bkpt_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
12746 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
12747 {
12748 decode_linespec_default (b, s, sals);
12749 }
12750
12751 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
12752
12753 static void
12754 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12755 {
12756 switch (b->type)
12757 {
12758 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
12759 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
12760 case bp_overlay_event:
12761 case bp_longjmp_master:
12762 case bp_std_terminate_master:
12763 case bp_exception_master:
12764 delete_breakpoint (b);
12765 break;
12766
12767 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
12768 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
12769 case bp_shlib_event:
12770
12771 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
12772 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
12773 case bp_thread_event:
12774 break;
12775 }
12776 }
12777
12778 static void
12779 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
12780 {
12781 if (bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
12782 {
12783 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
12784 events. This allows the user to get control and place
12785 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
12786 objects (among other things). */
12787 bs->stop = stop_on_solib_events;
12788 bs->print = stop_on_solib_events;
12789 }
12790 else
12791 bs->stop = 0;
12792 }
12793
12794 static enum print_stop_action
12795 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
12796 {
12797 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
12798 struct breakpoint *b;
12799
12800 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
12801
12802 switch (b->type)
12803 {
12804 case bp_shlib_event:
12805 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
12806 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
12807 to shlib event" message.) */
12808 print_solib_event (0);
12809 break;
12810
12811 case bp_thread_event:
12812 /* Not sure how we will get here.
12813 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
12814 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
12815 break;
12816
12817 case bp_overlay_event:
12818 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
12819 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
12820 break;
12821
12822 case bp_longjmp_master:
12823 /* These should never be enabled. */
12824 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
12825 break;
12826
12827 case bp_std_terminate_master:
12828 /* These should never be enabled. */
12829 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
12830 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
12831 break;
12832
12833 case bp_exception_master:
12834 /* These should never be enabled. */
12835 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
12836 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
12837 break;
12838 }
12839
12840 return PRINT_NOTHING;
12841 }
12842
12843 static void
12844 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
12845 {
12846 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
12847 }
12848
12849 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
12850
12851 static void
12852 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12853 {
12854 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
12855 over a dlopen call and SOLIB_ADD is resetting the breakpoints.
12856 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
12857 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
12858 }
12859
12860 static void
12861 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
12862 {
12863 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
12864 }
12865
12866 static enum print_stop_action
12867 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
12868 {
12869 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
12870
12871 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
12872 {
12873 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
12874
12875 switch (b->type)
12876 {
12877 case bp_finish:
12878 ui_out_field_string
12879 (uiout, "reason",
12880 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED));
12881 break;
12882
12883 case bp_until:
12884 ui_out_field_string
12885 (uiout, "reason",
12886 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED));
12887 break;
12888 }
12889 }
12890
12891 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
12892 }
12893
12894 static void
12895 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
12896 {
12897 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
12898 }
12899
12900 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
12901
12902 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
12903 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
12904
12905 static void
12906 longjmp_bkpt_dtor (struct breakpoint *self)
12907 {
12908 struct thread_info *tp = find_thread_id (self->thread);
12909
12910 if (tp)
12911 tp->initiating_frame = null_frame_id;
12912
12913 momentary_breakpoint_ops.dtor (self);
12914 }
12915
12916 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
12917
12918 static int
12919 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12920 {
12921 int v = bkpt_insert_location (bl);
12922
12923 if (v == 0)
12924 {
12925 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
12926 if needed. */
12927 bl->probe->pops->set_semaphore (bl->probe, bl->gdbarch);
12928 }
12929
12930 return v;
12931 }
12932
12933 static int
12934 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12935 {
12936 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
12937 bl->probe->pops->clear_semaphore (bl->probe, bl->gdbarch);
12938
12939 return bkpt_remove_location (bl);
12940 }
12941
12942 static void
12943 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
12944 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12945 enum bptype type_wanted,
12946 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
12947 {
12948 struct linespec_sals lsal;
12949
12950 lsal.sals = parse_probes (arg, canonical);
12951
12952 *copy_arg = xstrdup (canonical->addr_string);
12953 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
12954
12955 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
12956 }
12957
12958 static void
12959 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
12960 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
12961 {
12962 *sals = parse_probes (s, NULL);
12963 if (!sals->sals)
12964 error (_("probe not found"));
12965 }
12966
12967 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
12968
12969 static void
12970 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12971 {
12972 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
12973 }
12974
12975 static int
12976 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
12977 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
12978 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
12979 {
12980 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
12981 tracepoints. */
12982 return 0;
12983 }
12984
12985 static void
12986 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
12987 struct ui_out *uiout)
12988 {
12989 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
12990 if (tp->static_trace_marker_id)
12991 {
12992 gdb_assert (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint);
12993
12994 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmarker id is ");
12995 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
12996 tp->static_trace_marker_id);
12997 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
12998 }
12999 }
13000
13001 static void
13002 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13003 {
13004 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
13005 return;
13006
13007 switch (b->type)
13008 {
13009 case bp_tracepoint:
13010 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
13011 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13012 break;
13013 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
13014 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
13015 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13016 break;
13017 case bp_static_tracepoint:
13018 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
13019 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13020 break;
13021 default:
13022 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13023 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b->type);
13024 }
13025
13026 say_where (b);
13027 }
13028
13029 static void
13030 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *self, struct ui_file *fp)
13031 {
13032 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
13033
13034 if (self->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
13035 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "ftrace");
13036 if (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
13037 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "strace");
13038 else if (self->type == bp_tracepoint)
13039 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "trace");
13040 else
13041 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13042 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self->type);
13043
13044 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->addr_string);
13045 print_recreate_thread (self, fp);
13046
13047 if (tp->pass_count)
13048 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " passcount %d\n", tp->pass_count);
13049 }
13050
13051 static void
13052 tracepoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13053 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13054 enum bptype type_wanted,
13055 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13056 {
13057 create_sals_from_address_default (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
13058 addr_start, copy_arg);
13059 }
13060
13061 static void
13062 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13063 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13064 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
13065 char *cond_string,
13066 char *extra_string,
13067 enum bptype type_wanted,
13068 enum bpdisp disposition,
13069 int thread,
13070 int task, int ignore_count,
13071 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13072 int from_tty, int enabled,
13073 int internal, unsigned flags)
13074 {
13075 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical, lsal,
13076 cond_string, extra_string,
13077 type_wanted,
13078 disposition, thread, task,
13079 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
13080 enabled, internal, flags);
13081 }
13082
13083 static void
13084 tracepoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13085 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13086 {
13087 decode_linespec_default (b, s, sals);
13088 }
13089
13090 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
13091
13092 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
13093 static probe. */
13094
13095 static void
13096 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13097 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13098 enum bptype type_wanted,
13099 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13100 {
13101 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13102 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
13103 addr_start, copy_arg);
13104 }
13105
13106 static void
13107 tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13108 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13109 {
13110 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13111 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (b, s, sals);
13112 }
13113
13114 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
13115
13116 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
13117 markers (`-m'). */
13118
13119 static void
13120 strace_marker_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13121 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13122 enum bptype type_wanted,
13123 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13124 {
13125 struct linespec_sals lsal;
13126
13127 lsal.sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (arg);
13128
13129 *copy_arg = savestring (addr_start, *arg - addr_start);
13130
13131 canonical->addr_string = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13132 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13133 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
13134 }
13135
13136 static void
13137 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13138 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13139 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
13140 char *cond_string,
13141 char *extra_string,
13142 enum bptype type_wanted,
13143 enum bpdisp disposition,
13144 int thread,
13145 int task, int ignore_count,
13146 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13147 int from_tty, int enabled,
13148 int internal, unsigned flags)
13149 {
13150 int i;
13151
13152 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
13153 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
13154 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
13155 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
13156 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
13157 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
13158
13159 for (i = 0; i < lsal->sals.nelts; ++i)
13160 {
13161 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded;
13162 struct tracepoint *tp;
13163 struct cleanup *old_chain;
13164 char *addr_string;
13165
13166 expanded.nelts = 1;
13167 expanded.sals = &lsal->sals.sals[i];
13168
13169 addr_string = xstrdup (canonical->addr_string);
13170 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
13171
13172 tp = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
13173 init_breakpoint_sal (&tp->base, gdbarch, expanded,
13174 addr_string, NULL,
13175 cond_string, extra_string,
13176 type_wanted, disposition,
13177 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
13178 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
13179 canonical->special_display);
13180 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13181 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13182 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13183 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13184 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13185 corresponds to this one */
13186 tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx = i;
13187
13188 install_breakpoint (internal, &tp->base, 0);
13189
13190 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
13191 }
13192 }
13193
13194 static void
13195 strace_marker_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13196 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13197 {
13198 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
13199
13200 *sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (s);
13201 if (sals->nelts > tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx)
13202 {
13203 sals->sals[0] = sals->sals[tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx];
13204 sals->nelts = 1;
13205 }
13206 else
13207 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13208 }
13209
13210 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
13211
13212 static int
13213 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b)
13214 {
13215 return b->ops == &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
13216 }
13217
13218 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13219 structures. */
13220
13221 void
13222 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
13223 {
13224 struct breakpoint *b;
13225
13226 gdb_assert (bpt != NULL);
13227
13228 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13229 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13230 especial culprits.
13231
13232 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13233 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13234 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13235 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13236 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
13237 deleted.
13238
13239 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
13240 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
13241 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
13242 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
13243 was chosen. */
13244 if (bpt->type == bp_none)
13245 return;
13246
13247 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
13248 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
13249 if (bpt->related_breakpoint != bpt)
13250 {
13251 struct breakpoint *related;
13252 struct watchpoint *w;
13253
13254 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
13255 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt->related_breakpoint;
13256 else if (bpt->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
13257 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
13258 else
13259 w = NULL;
13260 if (w != NULL)
13261 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w);
13262
13263 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
13264 for (related = bpt; related->related_breakpoint != bpt;
13265 related = related->related_breakpoint);
13266 related->related_breakpoint = bpt->related_breakpoint;
13267 bpt->related_breakpoint = bpt;
13268 }
13269
13270 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
13271 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
13272 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
13273 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
13274 if (bpt->number)
13275 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt);
13276
13277 if (breakpoint_chain == bpt)
13278 breakpoint_chain = bpt->next;
13279
13280 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13281 if (b->next == bpt)
13282 {
13283 b->next = bpt->next;
13284 break;
13285 }
13286
13287 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
13288 been freed. */
13289 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
13290 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
13291 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
13292 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
13293 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
13294 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
13295 commands won't work. */
13296
13297 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback, bpt);
13298
13299 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
13300 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
13301 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
13302 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
13303 might be better design to have location completely
13304 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
13305 update_global_location_list (0);
13306
13307 bpt->ops->dtor (bpt);
13308 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
13309 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
13310 bpt->type = bp_none;
13311 xfree (bpt);
13312 }
13313
13314 static void
13315 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b)
13316 {
13317 delete_breakpoint (b);
13318 }
13319
13320 struct cleanup *
13321 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
13322 {
13323 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup, b);
13324 }
13325
13326 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
13327 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
13328
13329 static void
13330 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint *b,
13331 void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
13332 void *),
13333 void *data)
13334 {
13335 struct breakpoint *related;
13336
13337 related = b;
13338 do
13339 {
13340 struct breakpoint *next;
13341
13342 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
13343 next = related->related_breakpoint;
13344
13345 if (next == related)
13346 {
13347 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
13348 function (related, data);
13349
13350 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
13351 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
13352 out. */
13353 break;
13354 }
13355 else
13356 function (related, data);
13357
13358 related = next;
13359 }
13360 while (related != b);
13361 }
13362
13363 static void
13364 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
13365 {
13366 delete_breakpoint (b);
13367 }
13368
13369 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
13370 delete_breakpoint. */
13371
13372 static void
13373 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
13374 {
13375 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
13376 }
13377
13378 void
13379 delete_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
13380 {
13381 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
13382
13383 dont_repeat ();
13384
13385 if (arg == 0)
13386 {
13387 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
13388
13389 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
13390 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
13391 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
13392 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13393 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
13394 {
13395 breaks_to_delete = 1;
13396 break;
13397 }
13398
13399 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13400 if (!from_tty
13401 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
13402 {
13403 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
13404 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
13405 delete_breakpoint (b);
13406 }
13407 }
13408 else
13409 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
13410 }
13411
13412 static int
13413 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location *loc)
13414 {
13415 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
13416 if (!loc->shlib_disabled
13417 && !loc->pspace->executing_startup)
13418 return 0;
13419 return 1;
13420 }
13421
13422 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
13423 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
13424 Null names are ignored. */
13425
13426 static int
13427 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location *loc)
13428 {
13429 struct bp_location *l;
13430 htab_t htab = htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string,
13431 (int (*) (const void *,
13432 const void *)) streq,
13433 NULL, xcalloc, xfree);
13434
13435 for (l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->next)
13436 {
13437 const char **slot;
13438 const char *name = l->function_name;
13439
13440 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
13441 if (name == NULL)
13442 continue;
13443
13444 slot = (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab, (const void *) name,
13445 INSERT);
13446 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
13447 returns NULL. */
13448 if (*slot != NULL)
13449 {
13450 htab_delete (htab);
13451 return 1;
13452 }
13453 *slot = name;
13454 }
13455
13456 htab_delete (htab);
13457 return 0;
13458 }
13459
13460 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
13461 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
13462 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
13463 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
13464 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
13465 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
13466 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
13467 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
13468 The heuristic is:
13469
13470 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
13471 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
13472 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
13473 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
13474 in the sources, and output a warning.
13475
13476 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
13477 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
13478 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
13479 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
13480 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
13481 warning.
13482
13483 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
13484 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
13485 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
13486 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
13487 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
13488 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
13489 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
13490 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
13491 precisely because it confuses tools). */
13492
13493 static struct symtab_and_line
13494 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct symtab_and_line sal)
13495 {
13496 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
13497 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
13498 CORE_ADDR pc;
13499
13500 pc = sal.pc;
13501 if (sal.line)
13502 find_line_pc (sal.symtab, sal.line, &pc);
13503
13504 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc, &marker))
13505 {
13506 if (strcmp (tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id) != 0)
13507 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
13508 b->number,
13509 tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id);
13510
13511 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13512 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
13513 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
13514
13515 return sal;
13516 }
13517
13518 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
13519 by string ID. */
13520 if (!sal.explicit_pc
13521 && sal.line != 0
13522 && sal.symtab != NULL
13523 && tp->static_trace_marker_id != NULL)
13524 {
13525 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers;
13526
13527 markers
13528 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13529
13530 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
13531 {
13532 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
13533 struct symbol *sym;
13534 struct static_tracepoint_marker *tpmarker;
13535 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13536
13537 tpmarker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, 0);
13538
13539 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13540 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (tpmarker->str_id);
13541
13542 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
13543 "found at previous line number"),
13544 b->number, tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13545
13546 init_sal (&sal2);
13547
13548 sal2.pc = tpmarker->address;
13549
13550 sal2 = find_pc_line (tpmarker->address, 0);
13551 sym = find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker->address, NULL);
13552 ui_out_text (uiout, "Now in ");
13553 if (sym)
13554 {
13555 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
13556 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
13557 ui_out_text (uiout, " at ");
13558 }
13559 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file", sal2.symtab->filename);
13560 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
13561
13562 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
13563 {
13564 char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal2.symtab);
13565
13566 if (fullname)
13567 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
13568 }
13569
13570 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", sal2.line);
13571 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
13572
13573 b->loc->line_number = sal2.line;
13574
13575 xfree (b->loc->source_file);
13576 if (sym)
13577 b->loc->source_file = xstrdup (sal2.symtab->filename);
13578 else
13579 b->loc->source_file = NULL;
13580
13581 xfree (b->addr_string);
13582 b->addr_string = xstrprintf ("%s:%d",
13583 sal2.symtab->filename,
13584 b->loc->line_number);
13585
13586 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
13587 so. */
13588
13589 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker);
13590 }
13591 }
13592 return sal;
13593 }
13594
13595 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
13596 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
13597
13598 static int
13599 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location *a, struct bp_location *b)
13600 {
13601 while (a && b)
13602 {
13603 if (a->address != b->address)
13604 return 0;
13605
13606 if (a->shlib_disabled != b->shlib_disabled)
13607 return 0;
13608
13609 if (a->enabled != b->enabled)
13610 return 0;
13611
13612 a = a->next;
13613 b = b->next;
13614 }
13615
13616 if ((a == NULL) != (b == NULL))
13617 return 0;
13618
13619 return 1;
13620 }
13621
13622 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software breakpoint)
13623 based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not zero, then B is
13624 a ranged breakpoint. */
13625
13626 void
13627 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint *b,
13628 struct symtabs_and_lines sals,
13629 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end)
13630 {
13631 int i;
13632 struct bp_location *existing_locations = b->loc;
13633
13634 if (sals_end.nelts != 0 && (sals.nelts != 1 || sals_end.nelts != 1))
13635 {
13636 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
13637 location. */
13638 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
13639 update_global_location_list (1);
13640 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
13641 "multiple locations found\n"),
13642 b->number);
13643 return;
13644 }
13645
13646 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
13647 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
13648 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
13649 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
13650 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
13651 individual locations. */
13652 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations) && sals.nelts == 0)
13653 return;
13654
13655 b->loc = NULL;
13656
13657 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
13658 {
13659 struct bp_location *new_loc;
13660
13661 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sals.sals[i].pspace);
13662
13663 new_loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &(sals.sals[i]));
13664
13665 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
13666 old symtab. */
13667 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
13668 {
13669 char *s;
13670 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
13671
13672 s = b->cond_string;
13673 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
13674 {
13675 new_loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&s, sals.sals[i].pc,
13676 block_for_pc (sals.sals[i].pc),
13677 0);
13678 }
13679 if (e.reason < 0)
13680 {
13681 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
13682 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
13683 b->number, e.message);
13684 new_loc->enabled = 0;
13685 }
13686 }
13687
13688 if (sals_end.nelts)
13689 {
13690 CORE_ADDR end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end.sals[0]);
13691
13692 new_loc->length = end - sals.sals[0].pc + 1;
13693 }
13694 }
13695
13696 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
13697 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent)
13698 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
13699
13700 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
13701 breakpoints. */
13702 {
13703 struct bp_location *e = existing_locations;
13704 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
13705 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
13706 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
13707 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
13708 often enough until a better solution is found. */
13709 int have_ambiguous_names = ambiguous_names_p (b->loc);
13710
13711 for (; e; e = e->next)
13712 {
13713 if (!e->enabled && e->function_name)
13714 {
13715 struct bp_location *l = b->loc;
13716 if (have_ambiguous_names)
13717 {
13718 for (; l; l = l->next)
13719 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e, l))
13720 {
13721 l->enabled = 0;
13722 break;
13723 }
13724 }
13725 else
13726 {
13727 for (; l; l = l->next)
13728 if (l->function_name
13729 && strcmp (e->function_name, l->function_name) == 0)
13730 {
13731 l->enabled = 0;
13732 break;
13733 }
13734 }
13735 }
13736 }
13737 }
13738
13739 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations, b->loc))
13740 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
13741
13742 update_global_location_list (1);
13743 }
13744
13745 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given ADDR_STRING.
13746 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
13747
13748 static struct symtabs_and_lines
13749 addr_string_to_sals (struct breakpoint *b, char *addr_string, int *found)
13750 {
13751 char *s;
13752 struct symtabs_and_lines sals = {0};
13753 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
13754
13755 gdb_assert (b->ops != NULL);
13756 s = addr_string;
13757
13758 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
13759 {
13760 b->ops->decode_linespec (b, &s, &sals);
13761 }
13762 if (e.reason < 0)
13763 {
13764 int not_found_and_ok = 0;
13765 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
13766 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
13767 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
13768 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
13769 state, then user already saw the message about that
13770 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
13771 errors. */
13772 if (e.error == NOT_FOUND_ERROR
13773 && (b->condition_not_parsed
13774 || (b->loc && b->loc->shlib_disabled)
13775 || (b->loc && b->loc->pspace->executing_startup)
13776 || b->enable_state == bp_disabled))
13777 not_found_and_ok = 1;
13778
13779 if (!not_found_and_ok)
13780 {
13781 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
13782 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
13783 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
13784 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
13785 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
13786 which approach is better. */
13787 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
13788 throw_exception (e);
13789 }
13790 }
13791
13792 if (e.reason == 0 || e.error != NOT_FOUND_ERROR)
13793 {
13794 int i;
13795
13796 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
13797 resolve_sal_pc (&sals.sals[i]);
13798 if (b->condition_not_parsed && s && s[0])
13799 {
13800 char *cond_string = 0;
13801 int thread = -1;
13802 int task = 0;
13803 char *extra_string = NULL;
13804
13805 find_condition_and_thread (s, sals.sals[0].pc,
13806 &cond_string, &thread, &task,
13807 &extra_string);
13808 if (cond_string)
13809 b->cond_string = cond_string;
13810 b->thread = thread;
13811 b->task = task;
13812 if (extra_string)
13813 b->extra_string = extra_string;
13814 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
13815 }
13816
13817 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint && !strace_marker_p (b))
13818 sals.sals[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b, sals.sals[0]);
13819
13820 *found = 1;
13821 }
13822 else
13823 *found = 0;
13824
13825 return sals;
13826 }
13827
13828 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
13829 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
13830 locations. */
13831
13832 static void
13833 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *b)
13834 {
13835 int found;
13836 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, sals_end;
13837 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded = {0};
13838 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end = {0};
13839
13840 sals = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string, &found);
13841 if (found)
13842 {
13843 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
13844 expanded = sals;
13845 }
13846
13847 if (b->addr_string_range_end)
13848 {
13849 sals_end = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string_range_end, &found);
13850 if (found)
13851 {
13852 make_cleanup (xfree, sals_end.sals);
13853 expanded_end = sals_end;
13854 }
13855 }
13856
13857 update_breakpoint_locations (b, expanded, expanded_end);
13858 }
13859
13860 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
13861 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
13862
13863 static void
13864 create_sals_from_address_default (char **arg,
13865 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13866 enum bptype type_wanted,
13867 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13868 {
13869 parse_breakpoint_sals (arg, canonical);
13870 }
13871
13872 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
13873 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
13874 breakpoint_ops. */
13875
13876 static void
13877 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13878 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13879 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
13880 char *cond_string,
13881 char *extra_string,
13882 enum bptype type_wanted,
13883 enum bpdisp disposition,
13884 int thread,
13885 int task, int ignore_count,
13886 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13887 int from_tty, int enabled,
13888 int internal, unsigned flags)
13889 {
13890 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, canonical, cond_string,
13891 extra_string,
13892 type_wanted, disposition,
13893 thread, task, ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
13894 enabled, internal, flags);
13895 }
13896
13897 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
13898 default function for the `decode_linespec' method of breakpoint_ops. */
13899
13900 static void
13901 decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13902 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13903 {
13904 struct linespec_result canonical;
13905
13906 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
13907 decode_line_full (s, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
13908 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0,
13909 &canonical, multiple_symbols_all,
13910 b->filter);
13911
13912 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
13913 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) < 2);
13914
13915 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 0)
13916 {
13917 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
13918
13919 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
13920 *sals = lsal->sals;
13921 /* Arrange it so the destructor does not free the
13922 contents. */
13923 lsal->sals.sals = NULL;
13924 }
13925
13926 destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
13927 }
13928
13929 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
13930
13931 static struct cleanup *
13932 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint *b)
13933 {
13934 struct cleanup *cleanups;
13935
13936 input_radix = b->input_radix;
13937 cleanups = save_current_space_and_thread ();
13938 if (b->pspace != NULL)
13939 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b->pspace);
13940 set_language (b->language);
13941
13942 return cleanups;
13943 }
13944
13945 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
13946 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
13947 Unused in this case. */
13948
13949 static int
13950 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint)
13951 {
13952 /* Get past catch_errs. */
13953 struct breakpoint *b = (struct breakpoint *) bint;
13954 struct cleanup *cleanups;
13955
13956 cleanups = prepare_re_set_context (b);
13957 b->ops->re_set (b);
13958 do_cleanups (cleanups);
13959 return 0;
13960 }
13961
13962 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
13963 void
13964 breakpoint_re_set (void)
13965 {
13966 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
13967 enum language save_language;
13968 int save_input_radix;
13969 struct cleanup *old_chain;
13970
13971 save_language = current_language->la_language;
13972 save_input_radix = input_radix;
13973 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
13974
13975 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
13976 {
13977 /* Format possible error msg. */
13978 char *message = xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
13979 b->number);
13980 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
13981 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one, b, message, RETURN_MASK_ALL);
13982 do_cleanups (cleanups);
13983 }
13984 set_language (save_language);
13985 input_radix = save_input_radix;
13986
13987 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
13988
13989 do_cleanups (old_chain);
13990
13991 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
13992 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
13993 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
13994 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
13995
13996 /* While we're at it, reset the skip list too. */
13997 skip_re_set ();
13998 }
13999 \f
14000 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
14001
14002 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
14003 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
14004 void
14005 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b)
14006 {
14007 if (b->thread != -1)
14008 {
14009 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
14010 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
14011
14012 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
14013 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
14014 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
14015 as well. */
14016 b->loc->pspace = current_program_space;
14017 }
14018 }
14019
14020 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14021 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14022 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14023
14024 void
14025 set_ignore_count (int bptnum, int count, int from_tty)
14026 {
14027 struct breakpoint *b;
14028
14029 if (count < 0)
14030 count = 0;
14031
14032 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14033 if (b->number == bptnum)
14034 {
14035 if (is_tracepoint (b))
14036 {
14037 if (from_tty && count != 0)
14038 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
14039 bptnum);
14040 return;
14041 }
14042
14043 b->ignore_count = count;
14044 if (from_tty)
14045 {
14046 if (count == 0)
14047 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
14048 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
14049 bptnum);
14050 else if (count == 1)
14051 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
14052 bptnum);
14053 else
14054 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
14055 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
14056 count, bptnum);
14057 }
14058 breakpoints_changed ();
14059 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
14060 return;
14061 }
14062
14063 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum);
14064 }
14065
14066 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
14067
14068 static void
14069 ignore_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14070 {
14071 char *p = args;
14072 int num;
14073
14074 if (p == 0)
14075 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
14076
14077 num = get_number (&p);
14078 if (num == 0)
14079 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args);
14080 if (*p == 0)
14081 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
14082
14083 set_ignore_count (num,
14084 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p))),
14085 from_tty);
14086 if (from_tty)
14087 printf_filtered ("\n");
14088 }
14089 \f
14090 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
14091 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
14092
14093 static void
14094 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args, void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
14095 void *),
14096 void *data)
14097 {
14098 int num;
14099 struct breakpoint *b, *tmp;
14100 int match;
14101 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
14102
14103 if (args == 0)
14104 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
14105
14106 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
14107
14108 while (!state.finished)
14109 {
14110 char *p = state.string;
14111
14112 match = 0;
14113
14114 num = get_number_or_range (&state);
14115 if (num == 0)
14116 {
14117 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p);
14118 }
14119 else
14120 {
14121 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, tmp)
14122 if (b->number == num)
14123 {
14124 match = 1;
14125 function (b, data);
14126 break;
14127 }
14128 if (match == 0)
14129 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num);
14130 }
14131 }
14132 }
14133
14134 static struct bp_location *
14135 find_location_by_number (char *number)
14136 {
14137 char *dot = strchr (number, '.');
14138 char *p1;
14139 int bp_num;
14140 int loc_num;
14141 struct breakpoint *b;
14142 struct bp_location *loc;
14143
14144 *dot = '\0';
14145
14146 p1 = number;
14147 bp_num = get_number (&p1);
14148 if (bp_num == 0)
14149 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
14150
14151 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14152 if (b->number == bp_num)
14153 {
14154 break;
14155 }
14156
14157 if (!b || b->number != bp_num)
14158 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
14159
14160 p1 = dot+1;
14161 loc_num = get_number (&p1);
14162 if (loc_num == 0)
14163 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number);
14164
14165 --loc_num;
14166 loc = b->loc;
14167 for (;loc_num && loc; --loc_num, loc = loc->next)
14168 ;
14169 if (!loc)
14170 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot+1);
14171
14172 return loc;
14173 }
14174
14175
14176 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14177 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14178 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14179
14180 void
14181 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
14182 {
14183 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14184 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14185 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14186 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
14187 return;
14188
14189 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
14190 if (bpt->enable_state == bp_permanent)
14191 return;
14192
14193 bpt->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14194
14195 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14196 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14197
14198 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14199 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
14200 {
14201 struct bp_location *location;
14202
14203 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
14204 target_disable_tracepoint (location);
14205 }
14206
14207 update_global_location_list (0);
14208
14209 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14210 }
14211
14212 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
14213
14214 static void
14215 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14216 {
14217 disable_breakpoint (b);
14218 }
14219
14220 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14221 disable_breakpoint. */
14222
14223 static void
14224 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14225 {
14226 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
14227 }
14228
14229 static void
14230 disable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14231 {
14232 if (args == 0)
14233 {
14234 struct breakpoint *bpt;
14235
14236 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
14237 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
14238 disable_breakpoint (bpt);
14239 }
14240 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
14241 {
14242 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
14243 if (loc)
14244 {
14245 if (loc->enabled)
14246 {
14247 loc->enabled = 0;
14248 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
14249 }
14250 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14251 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
14252 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
14253 target_disable_tracepoint (loc);
14254 }
14255 update_global_location_list (0);
14256 }
14257 else
14258 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
14259 }
14260
14261 static void
14262 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, enum bpdisp disposition,
14263 int count)
14264 {
14265 int target_resources_ok;
14266
14267 if (bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
14268 {
14269 int i;
14270 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
14271 target_resources_ok =
14272 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
14273 i + 1, 0);
14274 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
14275 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
14276 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
14277 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
14278 }
14279
14280 if (is_watchpoint (bpt))
14281 {
14282 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
14283 enum enable_state orig_enable_state = 0;
14284 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
14285
14286 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
14287 {
14288 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
14289
14290 orig_enable_state = bpt->enable_state;
14291 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14292 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
14293 }
14294 if (e.reason < 0)
14295 {
14296 bpt->enable_state = orig_enable_state;
14297 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, e, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
14298 bpt->number);
14299 return;
14300 }
14301 }
14302
14303 if (bpt->enable_state != bp_permanent)
14304 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14305
14306 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14307
14308 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14309 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14310
14311 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14312 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
14313 {
14314 struct bp_location *location;
14315
14316 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
14317 target_enable_tracepoint (location);
14318 }
14319
14320 bpt->disposition = disposition;
14321 bpt->enable_count = count;
14322 update_global_location_list (1);
14323 breakpoints_changed ();
14324
14325 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14326 }
14327
14328
14329 void
14330 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
14331 {
14332 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, bpt->disposition, 0);
14333 }
14334
14335 static void
14336 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
14337 {
14338 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
14339 }
14340
14341 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14342 enable_breakpoint. */
14343
14344 static void
14345 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14346 {
14347 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
14348 }
14349
14350 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
14351 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
14352 in stopping the inferior. */
14353
14354 static void
14355 enable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14356 {
14357 if (args == 0)
14358 {
14359 struct breakpoint *bpt;
14360
14361 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
14362 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
14363 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
14364 }
14365 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
14366 {
14367 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
14368 if (loc)
14369 {
14370 if (!loc->enabled)
14371 {
14372 loc->enabled = 1;
14373 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
14374 }
14375 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14376 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
14377 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
14378 target_enable_tracepoint (loc);
14379 }
14380 update_global_location_list (1);
14381 }
14382 else
14383 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
14384 }
14385
14386 /* This struct packages up disposition data for application to multiple
14387 breakpoints. */
14388
14389 struct disp_data
14390 {
14391 enum bpdisp disp;
14392 int count;
14393 };
14394
14395 static void
14396 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
14397 {
14398 struct disp_data disp_data = *(struct disp_data *) arg;
14399
14400 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, disp_data.disp, disp_data.count);
14401 }
14402
14403 static void
14404 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
14405 {
14406 struct disp_data disp = { disp_disable, 1 };
14407
14408 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
14409 }
14410
14411 static void
14412 enable_once_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14413 {
14414 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint, NULL);
14415 }
14416
14417 static void
14418 do_map_enable_count_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *countptr)
14419 {
14420 struct disp_data disp = { disp_disable, *(int *) countptr };
14421
14422 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
14423 }
14424
14425 static void
14426 enable_count_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14427 {
14428 int count = get_number (&args);
14429
14430 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_count_breakpoint, &count);
14431 }
14432
14433 static void
14434 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
14435 {
14436 struct disp_data disp = { disp_del, 1 };
14437
14438 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
14439 }
14440
14441 static void
14442 enable_delete_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14443 {
14444 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
14445 }
14446 \f
14447 static void
14448 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
14449 {
14450 }
14451
14452 static void
14453 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
14454 {
14455 }
14456
14457 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
14458 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
14459 GDB itself. */
14460
14461 static void
14462 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (CORE_ADDR addr, int len,
14463 const bfd_byte *data)
14464 {
14465 struct breakpoint *bp;
14466
14467 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
14468 if (bp->enable_state == bp_enabled
14469 && bp->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
14470 {
14471 struct watchpoint *wp = (struct watchpoint *) bp;
14472
14473 if (wp->val_valid && wp->val)
14474 {
14475 struct bp_location *loc;
14476
14477 for (loc = bp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
14478 if (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
14479 && loc->address + loc->length > addr
14480 && addr + len > loc->address)
14481 {
14482 value_free (wp->val);
14483 wp->val = NULL;
14484 wp->val_valid = 0;
14485 }
14486 }
14487 }
14488 }
14489
14490 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
14491 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
14492 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
14493 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
14494 someday. */
14495
14496 void *
14497 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
14498 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
14499 {
14500 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt;
14501
14502 bp_tgt = XZALLOC (struct bp_target_info);
14503
14504 bp_tgt->placed_address_space = aspace;
14505 bp_tgt->placed_address = pc;
14506
14507 if (target_insert_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt) != 0)
14508 {
14509 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
14510 xfree (bp_tgt);
14511 return NULL;
14512 }
14513
14514 return bp_tgt;
14515 }
14516
14517 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by
14518 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
14519
14520 int
14521 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, void *bp)
14522 {
14523 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = bp;
14524 int ret;
14525
14526 ret = target_remove_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt);
14527 xfree (bp_tgt);
14528
14529 return ret;
14530 }
14531
14532 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single
14533 stepping. */
14534
14535 static void *single_step_breakpoints[2];
14536 static struct gdbarch *single_step_gdbarch[2];
14537
14538 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
14539
14540 void
14541 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
14542 struct address_space *aspace,
14543 CORE_ADDR next_pc)
14544 {
14545 void **bpt_p;
14546
14547 if (single_step_breakpoints[0] == NULL)
14548 {
14549 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[0];
14550 single_step_gdbarch[0] = gdbarch;
14551 }
14552 else
14553 {
14554 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[1] == NULL);
14555 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[1];
14556 single_step_gdbarch[1] = gdbarch;
14557 }
14558
14559 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would
14560 be to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on
14561 the breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint.
14562 We could adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing
14563 this requires corresponding changes elsewhere where single step
14564 breakpoints are handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
14565
14566 *bpt_p = deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, aspace, next_pc);
14567 if (*bpt_p == NULL)
14568 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at %s"),
14569 paddress (gdbarch, next_pc));
14570 }
14571
14572 /* Check if the breakpoints used for software single stepping
14573 were inserted or not. */
14574
14575 int
14576 single_step_breakpoints_inserted (void)
14577 {
14578 return (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL
14579 || single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL);
14580 }
14581
14582 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
14583
14584 void
14585 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14586 {
14587 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL);
14588
14589 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
14590 call. */
14591 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[0],
14592 single_step_breakpoints[0]);
14593 single_step_gdbarch[0] = NULL;
14594 single_step_breakpoints[0] = NULL;
14595
14596 if (single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL)
14597 {
14598 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[1],
14599 single_step_breakpoints[1]);
14600 single_step_gdbarch[1] = NULL;
14601 single_step_breakpoints[1] = NULL;
14602 }
14603 }
14604
14605 /* Delete software single step breakpoints without removing them from
14606 the inferior. This is intended to be used if the inferior's address
14607 space where they were inserted is already gone, e.g. after exit or
14608 exec. */
14609
14610 void
14611 cancel_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14612 {
14613 int i;
14614
14615 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
14616 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
14617 {
14618 xfree (single_step_breakpoints[i]);
14619 single_step_breakpoints[i] = NULL;
14620 single_step_gdbarch[i] = NULL;
14621 }
14622 }
14623
14624 /* Detach software single-step breakpoints from INFERIOR_PTID without
14625 removing them. */
14626
14627 static void
14628 detach_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14629 {
14630 int i;
14631
14632 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
14633 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
14634 target_remove_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[i],
14635 single_step_breakpoints[i]);
14636 }
14637
14638 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
14639 PC. */
14640
14641 static int
14642 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
14643 CORE_ADDR pc)
14644 {
14645 int i;
14646
14647 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
14648 {
14649 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = single_step_breakpoints[i];
14650 if (bp_tgt
14651 && breakpoint_address_match (bp_tgt->placed_address_space,
14652 bp_tgt->placed_address,
14653 aspace, pc))
14654 return 1;
14655 }
14656
14657 return 0;
14658 }
14659
14660 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
14661 non-zero otherwise. */
14662 static int
14663 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *bp)
14664 {
14665 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp)
14666 && bp->enable_state != bp_disabled
14667 && bp->enable_state != bp_call_disabled)
14668 return 1;
14669 else
14670 return 0;
14671 }
14672
14673 int
14674 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
14675 {
14676 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
14677 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (current_inferior ());
14678
14679 return inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0;
14680 }
14681
14682 int
14683 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number)
14684 {
14685 struct breakpoint *bp;
14686
14687 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
14688 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp))
14689 {
14690 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bp;
14691
14692 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
14693 {
14694 int i, iter;
14695 for (i = 0;
14696 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
14697 i++)
14698 if (syscall_number == iter)
14699 return 1;
14700 }
14701 else
14702 return 1;
14703 }
14704
14705 return 0;
14706 }
14707
14708 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
14709 static VEC (char_ptr) *
14710 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
14711 char *text, char *word)
14712 {
14713 const char **list = get_syscall_names ();
14714 VEC (char_ptr) *retlist
14715 = (list == NULL) ? NULL : complete_on_enum (list, text, word);
14716
14717 xfree (list);
14718 return retlist;
14719 }
14720
14721 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
14722
14723 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
14724 static void
14725 set_tracepoint_count (int num)
14726 {
14727 tracepoint_count = num;
14728 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num);
14729 }
14730
14731 static void
14732 trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
14733 {
14734 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
14735 const char *arg_cp = arg;
14736
14737 if (arg && probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp))
14738 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
14739 else
14740 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
14741
14742 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14743 arg,
14744 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
14745 0 /* tempflag */,
14746 bp_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
14747 0 /* Ignore count */,
14748 pending_break_support,
14749 ops,
14750 from_tty,
14751 1 /* enabled */,
14752 0 /* internal */, 0))
14753 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
14754 }
14755
14756 static void
14757 ftrace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
14758 {
14759 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14760 arg,
14761 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
14762 0 /* tempflag */,
14763 bp_fast_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
14764 0 /* Ignore count */,
14765 pending_break_support,
14766 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
14767 from_tty,
14768 1 /* enabled */,
14769 0 /* internal */, 0))
14770 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
14771 }
14772
14773 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
14774
14775 static void
14776 strace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
14777 {
14778 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
14779
14780 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
14781 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
14782 if (arg && strncmp (arg, "-m", 2) == 0 && isspace (arg[2]))
14783 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
14784 else
14785 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
14786
14787 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14788 arg,
14789 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
14790 0 /* tempflag */,
14791 bp_static_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
14792 0 /* Ignore count */,
14793 pending_break_support,
14794 ops,
14795 from_tty,
14796 1 /* enabled */,
14797 0 /* internal */, 0))
14798 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
14799 }
14800
14801 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
14802 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
14803
14804 static struct uploaded_tp *this_utp;
14805 static int next_cmd;
14806
14807 static char *
14808 read_uploaded_action (void)
14809 {
14810 char *rslt;
14811
14812 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, this_utp->cmd_strings, next_cmd, rslt);
14813
14814 next_cmd++;
14815
14816 return rslt;
14817 }
14818
14819 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
14820 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
14821 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
14822 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
14823 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
14824
14825 struct tracepoint *
14826 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp *utp)
14827 {
14828 char *addr_str, small_buf[100];
14829 struct tracepoint *tp;
14830
14831 if (utp->at_string)
14832 addr_str = utp->at_string;
14833 else
14834 {
14835 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
14836 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
14837 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
14838 user. */
14839 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
14840 "source location, using raw address"),
14841 utp->number);
14842 sprintf (small_buf, "*%s", hex_string (utp->addr));
14843 addr_str = small_buf;
14844 }
14845
14846 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
14847 if (utp->cond && !utp->cond_string)
14848 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
14849 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
14850 utp->number);
14851
14852 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14853 addr_str,
14854 utp->cond_string, -1, NULL,
14855 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
14856 0 /* tempflag */,
14857 utp->type /* type_wanted */,
14858 0 /* Ignore count */,
14859 pending_break_support,
14860 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
14861 0 /* from_tty */,
14862 utp->enabled /* enabled */,
14863 0 /* internal */,
14864 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED))
14865 return NULL;
14866
14867 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
14868
14869 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
14870 tp = get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count);
14871 gdb_assert (tp != NULL);
14872
14873 if (utp->pass > 0)
14874 {
14875 sprintf (small_buf, "%d %d", utp->pass, tp->base.number);
14876
14877 trace_pass_command (small_buf, 0);
14878 }
14879
14880 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
14881 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
14882 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
14883 function. */
14884 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->cmd_strings))
14885 {
14886 struct command_line *cmd_list;
14887
14888 this_utp = utp;
14889 next_cmd = 0;
14890
14891 cmd_list = read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action, 1, NULL, NULL);
14892
14893 breakpoint_set_commands (&tp->base, cmd_list);
14894 }
14895 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->actions)
14896 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->step_actions))
14897 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
14898 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
14899 utp->number);
14900
14901 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
14902 tp->base.hit_count = utp->hit_count;
14903 tp->traceframe_usage = utp->traceframe_usage;
14904
14905 return tp;
14906 }
14907
14908 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
14909 omitted. */
14910
14911 static void
14912 tracepoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
14913 {
14914 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
14915 int num_printed;
14916
14917 num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_tracepoint);
14918
14919 if (num_printed == 0)
14920 {
14921 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
14922 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
14923 else
14924 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
14925 }
14926
14927 default_collect_info ();
14928 }
14929
14930 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
14931 Not supported by all targets. */
14932 static void
14933 enable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14934 {
14935 enable_command (args, from_tty);
14936 }
14937
14938 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
14939 Not supported by all targets. */
14940 static void
14941 disable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14942 {
14943 disable_command (args, from_tty);
14944 }
14945
14946 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
14947 static void
14948 delete_trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
14949 {
14950 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
14951
14952 dont_repeat ();
14953
14954 if (arg == 0)
14955 {
14956 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
14957
14958 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
14959 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
14960 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
14961 argument. */
14962 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
14963 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
14964 {
14965 breaks_to_delete = 1;
14966 break;
14967 }
14968
14969 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
14970 if (!from_tty
14971 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
14972 {
14973 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
14974 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
14975 delete_breakpoint (b);
14976 }
14977 }
14978 else
14979 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
14980 }
14981
14982 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
14983
14984 static void
14985 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint *tp, int count, int from_tty)
14986 {
14987 tp->pass_count = count;
14988 observer_notify_tracepoint_modified (tp->base.number);
14989 if (from_tty)
14990 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
14991 tp->base.number, count);
14992 }
14993
14994 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
14995
14996 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
14997 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
14998 Also accepts special argument "all". */
14999
15000 static void
15001 trace_pass_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15002 {
15003 struct tracepoint *t1;
15004 unsigned int count;
15005
15006 if (args == 0 || *args == 0)
15007 error (_("passcount command requires an "
15008 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
15009
15010 count = strtoul (args, &args, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
15011
15012 while (*args && isspace ((int) *args))
15013 args++;
15014
15015 if (*args && strncasecmp (args, "all", 3) == 0)
15016 {
15017 struct breakpoint *b;
15018
15019 args += 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
15020 if (*args)
15021 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
15022
15023 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15024 {
15025 t1 = (struct tracepoint *) b;
15026 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15027 }
15028 }
15029 else if (*args == '\0')
15030 {
15031 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, NULL, 1);
15032 if (t1)
15033 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15034 }
15035 else
15036 {
15037 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
15038
15039 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
15040 while (!state.finished)
15041 {
15042 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, &state, 1);
15043 if (t1)
15044 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15045 }
15046 }
15047 }
15048
15049 struct tracepoint *
15050 get_tracepoint (int num)
15051 {
15052 struct breakpoint *t;
15053
15054 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
15055 if (t->number == num)
15056 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
15057
15058 return NULL;
15059 }
15060
15061 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
15062 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
15063 reconnecting). */
15064
15065 struct tracepoint *
15066 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num)
15067 {
15068 struct breakpoint *b;
15069
15070 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15071 {
15072 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
15073
15074 if (t->number_on_target == num)
15075 return t;
15076 }
15077
15078 return NULL;
15079 }
15080
15081 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
15082 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
15083 If OPTIONAL_P is true, then if the argument is missing, the most
15084 recent tracepoint (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
15085 struct tracepoint *
15086 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg,
15087 struct get_number_or_range_state *state,
15088 int optional_p)
15089 {
15090 extern int tracepoint_count;
15091 struct breakpoint *t;
15092 int tpnum;
15093 char *instring = arg == NULL ? NULL : *arg;
15094
15095 if (state)
15096 {
15097 gdb_assert (!state->finished);
15098 tpnum = get_number_or_range (state);
15099 }
15100 else if (arg == NULL || *arg == NULL || ! **arg)
15101 {
15102 if (optional_p)
15103 tpnum = tracepoint_count;
15104 else
15105 error_no_arg (_("tracepoint number"));
15106 }
15107 else
15108 tpnum = get_number (arg);
15109
15110 if (tpnum <= 0)
15111 {
15112 if (instring && *instring)
15113 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
15114 instring);
15115 else
15116 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint argument missing "
15117 "and no previous tracepoint\n"));
15118 return NULL;
15119 }
15120
15121 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
15122 if (t->number == tpnum)
15123 {
15124 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
15125 }
15126
15127 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum);
15128 return NULL;
15129 }
15130
15131 void
15132 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
15133 {
15134 if (b->thread != -1)
15135 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " thread %d", b->thread);
15136
15137 if (b->task != 0)
15138 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " task %d", b->task);
15139
15140 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
15141 }
15142
15143 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
15144 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
15145 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
15146 non-zero. */
15147
15148 static void
15149 save_breakpoints (char *filename, int from_tty,
15150 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
15151 {
15152 struct breakpoint *tp;
15153 int any = 0;
15154 char *pathname;
15155 struct cleanup *cleanup;
15156 struct ui_file *fp;
15157 int extra_trace_bits = 0;
15158
15159 if (filename == 0 || *filename == 0)
15160 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
15161
15162 /* See if we have anything to save. */
15163 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
15164 {
15165 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15166 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
15167 continue;
15168
15169 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15170 if (filter && !filter (tp))
15171 continue;
15172
15173 any = 1;
15174
15175 if (is_tracepoint (tp))
15176 {
15177 extra_trace_bits = 1;
15178
15179 /* We can stop searching. */
15180 break;
15181 }
15182 }
15183
15184 if (!any)
15185 {
15186 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
15187 return;
15188 }
15189
15190 pathname = tilde_expand (filename);
15191 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, pathname);
15192 fp = gdb_fopen (pathname, "w");
15193 if (!fp)
15194 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
15195 filename, safe_strerror (errno));
15196 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp);
15197
15198 if (extra_trace_bits)
15199 save_trace_state_variables (fp);
15200
15201 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
15202 {
15203 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15204 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
15205 continue;
15206
15207 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15208 if (filter && !filter (tp))
15209 continue;
15210
15211 tp->ops->print_recreate (tp, fp);
15212
15213 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15214 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15215 instead. */
15216
15217 if (tp->cond_string)
15218 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp->cond_string);
15219
15220 if (tp->ignore_count)
15221 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp->ignore_count);
15222
15223 if (tp->commands)
15224 {
15225 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
15226
15227 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " commands\n");
15228
15229 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, fp);
15230 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
15231 {
15232 print_command_lines (current_uiout, tp->commands->commands, 2);
15233 }
15234 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, NULL);
15235
15236 if (ex.reason < 0)
15237 throw_exception (ex);
15238
15239 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " end\n");
15240 }
15241
15242 if (tp->enable_state == bp_disabled)
15243 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable\n");
15244
15245 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15246 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15247 special, and not user visible. */
15248 if (!is_watchpoint (tp) && tp->loc && tp->loc->next)
15249 {
15250 struct bp_location *loc;
15251 int n = 1;
15252
15253 for (loc = tp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next, n++)
15254 if (!loc->enabled)
15255 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n);
15256 }
15257 }
15258
15259 if (extra_trace_bits && *default_collect)
15260 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect);
15261
15262 do_cleanups (cleanup);
15263 if (from_tty)
15264 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename);
15265 }
15266
15267 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15268
15269 static void
15270 save_breakpoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15271 {
15272 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, NULL);
15273 }
15274
15275 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15276
15277 static void
15278 save_tracepoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15279 {
15280 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, is_tracepoint);
15281 }
15282
15283 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
15284
15285 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
15286 all_tracepoints (void)
15287 {
15288 VEC(breakpoint_p) *tp_vec = 0;
15289 struct breakpoint *tp;
15290
15291 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp)
15292 {
15293 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p, tp_vec, tp);
15294 }
15295
15296 return tp_vec;
15297 }
15298
15299 \f
15300 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15301 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15302 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15303 command. */
15304 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15305 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
15306 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
15307 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
15308 guessed probe type) or `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe).\n\
15309 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
15310 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
15311 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
15312 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
15313 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
15314 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
15315 \n\
15316 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
15317 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15318 \n\
15319 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15320 conditions are different.\n\
15321 \n\
15322 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
15323
15324 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
15325 static struct cmd_list_element *catch_cmdlist;
15326
15327 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
15328 static struct cmd_list_element *tcatch_cmdlist;
15329
15330 void
15331 add_catch_command (char *name, char *docstring,
15332 void (*sfunc) (char *args, int from_tty,
15333 struct cmd_list_element *command),
15334 completer_ftype *completer,
15335 void *user_data_catch,
15336 void *user_data_tcatch)
15337 {
15338 struct cmd_list_element *command;
15339
15340 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
15341 &catch_cmdlist);
15342 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
15343 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_catch);
15344 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
15345
15346 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
15347 &tcatch_cmdlist);
15348 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
15349 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_tcatch);
15350 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
15351 }
15352
15353 static void
15354 clear_syscall_counts (struct inferior *inf)
15355 {
15356 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
15357 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
15358
15359 inf_data->total_syscalls_count = 0;
15360 inf_data->any_syscall_count = 0;
15361 VEC_free (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts);
15362 }
15363
15364 static void
15365 save_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15366 {
15367 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
15368 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
15369 help_list (save_cmdlist, "save ", -1, gdb_stdout);
15370 }
15371
15372 struct breakpoint *
15373 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback) (struct breakpoint *, void *),
15374 void *data)
15375 {
15376 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
15377
15378 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
15379 {
15380 if ((*callback) (b, data))
15381 return b;
15382 }
15383
15384 return NULL;
15385 }
15386
15387 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
15388 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
15389
15390 static int
15391 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint *b)
15392 {
15393 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
15394 non-inline function. */
15395 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
15396 return 1;
15397
15398 return 0;
15399 }
15400
15401 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
15402 have been inlined. */
15403
15404 int
15405 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
15406 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
15407 {
15408 struct breakpoint *b;
15409 struct bp_location *bl;
15410
15411 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
15412 {
15413 if (!is_non_inline_function (b))
15414 continue;
15415
15416 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
15417 {
15418 if (!bl->shlib_disabled
15419 && bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, pc, ws))
15420 return 1;
15421 }
15422 }
15423
15424 return 0;
15425 }
15426
15427 void
15428 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
15429 {
15430 static int initialized = 0;
15431
15432 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15433
15434 if (initialized)
15435 return;
15436 initialized = 1;
15437
15438 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
15439 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
15440 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
15441 ops = &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15442 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15443 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
15444 ops->insert_location = bkpt_insert_location;
15445 ops->remove_location = bkpt_remove_location;
15446 ops->breakpoint_hit = bkpt_breakpoint_hit;
15447 ops->create_sals_from_address = bkpt_create_sals_from_address;
15448 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal;
15449 ops->decode_linespec = bkpt_decode_linespec;
15450
15451 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
15452 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15453 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15454 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
15455 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
15456 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
15457 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
15458 ops->print_recreate = bkpt_print_recreate;
15459
15460 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
15461 ops = &ranged_breakpoint_ops;
15462 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15463 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint;
15464 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint;
15465 ops->print_it = print_it_ranged_breakpoint;
15466 ops->print_one = print_one_ranged_breakpoint;
15467 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint;
15468 ops->print_mention = print_mention_ranged_breakpoint;
15469 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint;
15470
15471 /* Internal breakpoints. */
15472 ops = &internal_breakpoint_ops;
15473 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15474 ops->re_set = internal_bkpt_re_set;
15475 ops->check_status = internal_bkpt_check_status;
15476 ops->print_it = internal_bkpt_print_it;
15477 ops->print_mention = internal_bkpt_print_mention;
15478
15479 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
15480 ops = &momentary_breakpoint_ops;
15481 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15482 ops->re_set = momentary_bkpt_re_set;
15483 ops->check_status = momentary_bkpt_check_status;
15484 ops->print_it = momentary_bkpt_print_it;
15485 ops->print_mention = momentary_bkpt_print_mention;
15486
15487 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception. */
15488 ops = &longjmp_breakpoint_ops;
15489 *ops = momentary_breakpoint_ops;
15490 ops->dtor = longjmp_bkpt_dtor;
15491
15492 /* Probe breakpoints. */
15493 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15494 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15495 ops->insert_location = bkpt_probe_insert_location;
15496 ops->remove_location = bkpt_probe_remove_location;
15497 ops->create_sals_from_address = bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address;
15498 ops->decode_linespec = bkpt_probe_decode_linespec;
15499
15500 /* GNU v3 exception catchpoints. */
15501 ops = &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops;
15502 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15503 ops->print_it = print_it_exception_catchpoint;
15504 ops->print_one = print_one_exception_catchpoint;
15505 ops->print_mention = print_mention_exception_catchpoint;
15506 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_exception_catchpoint;
15507
15508 /* Watchpoints. */
15509 ops = &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15510 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15511 ops->dtor = dtor_watchpoint;
15512 ops->re_set = re_set_watchpoint;
15513 ops->insert_location = insert_watchpoint;
15514 ops->remove_location = remove_watchpoint;
15515 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_watchpoint;
15516 ops->check_status = check_status_watchpoint;
15517 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_watchpoint;
15518 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_watchpoint;
15519 ops->print_it = print_it_watchpoint;
15520 ops->print_mention = print_mention_watchpoint;
15521 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_watchpoint;
15522
15523 /* Masked watchpoints. */
15524 ops = &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15525 *ops = watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15526 ops->insert_location = insert_masked_watchpoint;
15527 ops->remove_location = remove_masked_watchpoint;
15528 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_masked_watchpoint;
15529 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint;
15530 ops->print_it = print_it_masked_watchpoint;
15531 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint;
15532 ops->print_mention = print_mention_masked_watchpoint;
15533 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_masked_watchpoint;
15534
15535 /* Tracepoints. */
15536 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15537 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15538 ops->re_set = tracepoint_re_set;
15539 ops->breakpoint_hit = tracepoint_breakpoint_hit;
15540 ops->print_one_detail = tracepoint_print_one_detail;
15541 ops->print_mention = tracepoint_print_mention;
15542 ops->print_recreate = tracepoint_print_recreate;
15543 ops->create_sals_from_address = tracepoint_create_sals_from_address;
15544 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal;
15545 ops->decode_linespec = tracepoint_decode_linespec;
15546
15547 /* Probe tracepoints. */
15548 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15549 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15550 ops->create_sals_from_address = tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address;
15551 ops->decode_linespec = tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec;
15552
15553 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
15554 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
15555 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15556 ops->create_sals_from_address = strace_marker_create_sals_from_address;
15557 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal;
15558 ops->decode_linespec = strace_marker_decode_linespec;
15559
15560 /* Fork catchpoints. */
15561 ops = &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
15562 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15563 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_fork;
15564 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_fork;
15565 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_fork;
15566 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_fork;
15567 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_fork;
15568 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_fork;
15569 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_fork;
15570
15571 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
15572 ops = &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
15573 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15574 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_vfork;
15575 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_vfork;
15576 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork;
15577 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_vfork;
15578 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_vfork;
15579 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_vfork;
15580 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_vfork;
15581
15582 /* Exec catchpoints. */
15583 ops = &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
15584 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15585 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_exec;
15586 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_exec;
15587 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_exec;
15588 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_exec;
15589 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_exec;
15590 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_exec;
15591 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_exec;
15592 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_exec;
15593
15594 /* Syscall catchpoints. */
15595 ops = &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops;
15596 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15597 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_syscall;
15598 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_syscall;
15599 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_syscall;
15600 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall;
15601 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_syscall;
15602 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_syscall;
15603 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_syscall;
15604 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_syscall;
15605
15606 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
15607 ops = &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
15608 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15609 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_solib;
15610 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_solib;
15611 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_solib;
15612 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_solib;
15613 ops->check_status = check_status_catch_solib;
15614 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_solib;
15615 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_solib;
15616 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_solib;
15617 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_solib;
15618
15619 ops = &dprintf_breakpoint_ops;
15620 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15621 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
15622 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
15623 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
15624 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
15625 ops->print_recreate = bkpt_print_recreate;
15626 }
15627
15628 void
15629 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
15630 {
15631 struct cmd_list_element *c;
15632
15633 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
15634
15635 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib);
15636 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts);
15637 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change);
15638
15639 breakpoint_objfile_key
15640 = register_objfile_data_with_cleanup (NULL, free_breakpoint_probes);
15641
15642 catch_syscall_inferior_data
15643 = register_inferior_data_with_cleanup (catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup);
15644
15645 breakpoint_chain = 0;
15646 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
15647 before a breakpoint is set. */
15648 breakpoint_count = 0;
15649
15650 tracepoint_count = 0;
15651
15652 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint, ignore_command, _("\
15653 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
15654 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
15655 if (xdb_commands)
15656 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint, 1);
15657
15658 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint, commands_command, _("\
15659 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
15660 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
15661 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
15662 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
15663 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
15664 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
15665 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
15666
15667 c = add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint, condition_command, _("\
15668 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
15669 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
15670 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
15671 set_cmd_completer (c, condition_completer);
15672
15673 c = add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint, tbreak_command, _("\
15674 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
15675 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15676 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
15677 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
15678 \n"
15679 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
15680 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15681
15682 c = add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint, hbreak_command, _("\
15683 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15684 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
15685 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
15686 \n"
15687 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
15688 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15689
15690 c = add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint, thbreak_command, _("\
15691 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15692 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15693 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
15694 \n"
15695 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
15696 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15697
15698 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
15699 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15700 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15701 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
15702 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15703 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
15704 &enablelist, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist);
15705 if (xdb_commands)
15706 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
15707 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15708 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15709 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
15710 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15711 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
15712
15713 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint, 1);
15714
15715 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
15716 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15717 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15718 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15719 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
15720 &enablebreaklist, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist);
15721
15722 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
15723 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15724 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
15725 &enablebreaklist);
15726
15727 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
15728 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15729 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
15730 &enablebreaklist);
15731
15732 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
15733 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
15734 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
15735 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
15736 &enablebreaklist);
15737
15738 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
15739 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15740 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
15741 &enablelist);
15742
15743 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
15744 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15745 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
15746 &enablelist);
15747
15748 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
15749 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
15750 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
15751 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
15752 &enablelist);
15753
15754 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
15755 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
15756 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15757 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15758 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
15759 &disablelist, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist);
15760 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
15761 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
15762 if (xdb_commands)
15763 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
15764 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
15765 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15766 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15767 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."));
15768
15769 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, disable_command, _("\
15770 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
15771 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15772 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15773 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
15774 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
15775 &disablelist);
15776
15777 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
15778 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
15779 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15780 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15781 \n\
15782 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
15783 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
15784 &deletelist, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist);
15785 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
15786 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
15787 if (xdb_commands)
15788 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
15789 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
15790 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15791 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
15792
15793 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, delete_command, _("\
15794 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
15795 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15796 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15797 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
15798 &deletelist);
15799
15800 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint, clear_command, _("\
15801 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
15802 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
15803 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
15804 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
15805 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
15806 \n\
15807 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
15808 is executing in.\n\
15809 \n\
15810 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
15811 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint, 1);
15812
15813 c = add_com ("break", class_breakpoint, break_command, _("\
15814 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
15815 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
15816 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15817
15818 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run, 1);
15819 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run, 1);
15820 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run, 1);
15821 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run, 1);
15822
15823 if (xdb_commands)
15824 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint, 1);
15825
15826 if (dbx_commands)
15827 {
15828 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint, stop_command, _("\
15829 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
15830 &stoplist, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist);
15831 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint, stopin_command,
15832 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist);
15833 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint, stopat_command,
15834 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist);
15835 add_com ("status", class_info, breakpoints_info, _("\
15836 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
15837 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15838 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15839 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15840 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15841 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15842 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15843 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15844 \n\
15845 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15846 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15847 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15848 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15849 breakpoint set."));
15850 }
15851
15852 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info, _("\
15853 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
15854 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15855 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15856 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15857 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15858 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15859 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15860 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15861 \n\
15862 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15863 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15864 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15865 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15866 breakpoint set."));
15867
15868 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
15869
15870 if (xdb_commands)
15871 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint, breakpoints_info, _("\
15872 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
15873 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15874 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15875 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15876 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15877 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15878 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15879 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15880 \n\
15881 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15882 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15883 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15884 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15885 breakpoint set."));
15886
15887 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance, maintenance_info_breakpoints, _("\
15888 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
15889 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15890 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15891 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15892 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
15893 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
15894 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
15895 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
15896 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15897 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15898 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15899 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15900 \n\
15901 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15902 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15903 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15904 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15905 breakpoint set."),
15906 &maintenanceinfolist);
15907
15908 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint, catch_command, _("\
15909 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
15910 &catch_cmdlist, "catch ",
15911 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
15912
15913 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint, tcatch_command, _("\
15914 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
15915 &tcatch_cmdlist, "tcatch ",
15916 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
15917
15918 /* Add catch and tcatch sub-commands. */
15919 add_catch_command ("catch", _("\
15920 Catch an exception, when caught."),
15921 catch_catch_command,
15922 NULL,
15923 CATCH_PERMANENT,
15924 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
15925 add_catch_command ("throw", _("\
15926 Catch an exception, when thrown."),
15927 catch_throw_command,
15928 NULL,
15929 CATCH_PERMANENT,
15930 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
15931 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
15932 catch_fork_command_1,
15933 NULL,
15934 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent,
15935 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary);
15936 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
15937 catch_fork_command_1,
15938 NULL,
15939 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent,
15940 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary);
15941 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
15942 catch_exec_command_1,
15943 NULL,
15944 CATCH_PERMANENT,
15945 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
15946 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
15947 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
15948 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
15949 catch_load_command_1,
15950 NULL,
15951 CATCH_PERMANENT,
15952 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
15953 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
15954 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
15955 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
15956 catch_unload_command_1,
15957 NULL,
15958 CATCH_PERMANENT,
15959 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
15960 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
15961 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
15962 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
15963 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
15964 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
15965 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
15966 catch_syscall_command_1,
15967 catch_syscall_completer,
15968 CATCH_PERMANENT,
15969 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
15970
15971 c = add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint, watch_command, _("\
15972 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
15973 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
15974 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
15975 an expression changes.\n\
15976 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
15977 the memory to which it refers."));
15978 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
15979
15980 c = add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint, rwatch_command, _("\
15981 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
15982 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
15983 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
15984 an expression is read.\n\
15985 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
15986 the memory to which it refers."));
15987 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
15988
15989 c = add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint, awatch_command, _("\
15990 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
15991 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
15992 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
15993 an expression is either read or written.\n\
15994 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
15995 the memory to which it refers."));
15996 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
15997
15998 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info, _("\
15999 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
16000
16001 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
16002 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
16003 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support,
16004 &can_use_hw_watchpoints, _("\
16005 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16006 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16007 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
16008 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
16009 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
16010 hardware.)"),
16011 NULL,
16012 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints,
16013 &setlist, &showlist);
16014
16015 can_use_hw_watchpoints = 1;
16016
16017 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
16018
16019 c = add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint, trace_command, _("\
16020 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16021 \n"
16022 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
16023 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16024 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16025
16026 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias, 0);
16027 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16028 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16029 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16030
16031 c = add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint, ftrace_command, _("\
16032 Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16033 \n"
16034 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
16035 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16036 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16037
16038 c = add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint, strace_command, _("\
16039 Set a static tracepoint at specified line, function or marker.\n\
16040 \n\
16041 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
16042 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, \"*\" and an address,\n\
16043 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\
16044 If a line number is specified, probe the marker at start of code\n\
16045 for that line. If a function is specified, probe the marker at start\n\
16046 of code for that function. If an address is specified, probe the marker\n\
16047 at that exact address. If a marker id is specified, probe the marker\n\
16048 with that name. With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of\n\
16049 the selected stack frame.\n\
16050 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
16051 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
16052 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
16053 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
16054 \n\
16055 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
16056 \n\
16057 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
16058 conditions are different.\n\
16059 \n\
16060 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
16061 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16062 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16063
16064 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info, _("\
16065 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
16066 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
16067 last tracepoint set."));
16068
16069 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
16070
16071 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, delete_trace_command, _("\
16072 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
16073 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16074 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
16075 &deletelist);
16076
16077 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, disable_trace_command, _("\
16078 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
16079 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16080 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
16081 &disablelist);
16082 deprecate_cmd (c, "disable");
16083
16084 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, enable_trace_command, _("\
16085 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
16086 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16087 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
16088 &enablelist);
16089 deprecate_cmd (c, "enable");
16090
16091 add_com ("passcount", class_trace, trace_pass_command, _("\
16092 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
16093 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
16094 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
16095 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
16096
16097 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint, save_command,
16098 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
16099 &save_cmdlist, "save ",
16100 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16101
16102 c = add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, save_breakpoints_command, _("\
16103 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
16104 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
16105 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
16106 session to restore them."),
16107 &save_cmdlist);
16108 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
16109
16110 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, save_tracepoints_command, _("\
16111 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
16112 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
16113 &save_cmdlist);
16114 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
16115
16116 c = add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace, 0);
16117 deprecate_cmd (c, "save tracepoints");
16118
16119 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, set_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
16120 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16121 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16122 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16123 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist, "set breakpoint ",
16124 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist);
16125 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, show_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
16126 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16127 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16128 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16129 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist, "show breakpoint ",
16130 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist);
16131
16132 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class,
16133 &pending_break_support, _("\
16134 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16135 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16136 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
16137 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
16138 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
16139 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
16140 NULL,
16141 show_pending_break_support,
16142 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16143 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16144
16145 pending_break_support = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
16146
16147 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class,
16148 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints, _("\
16149 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16150 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16151 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
16152 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
16153 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
16154 NULL,
16155 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints,
16156 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16157 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16158
16159 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support,
16160 &always_inserted_mode, _("\
16161 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16162 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16163 When this mode is off, breakpoints are inserted in inferior when it is\n\
16164 resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this mode is on,\n\
16165 breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when the user\n\
16166 deletes the breakpoint. When this mode is auto (which is the default),\n\
16167 the behaviour depends on the non-stop setting (see help set non-stop).\n\
16168 In this case, if gdb is controlling the inferior in non-stop mode, gdb\n\
16169 behaves as if always-inserted mode is on; if gdb is controlling the\n\
16170 inferior in all-stop mode, gdb behaves as if always-inserted mode is off."),
16171 NULL,
16172 &show_always_inserted_mode,
16173 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16174 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16175
16176 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint,
16177 condition_evaluation_enums,
16178 &condition_evaluation_mode_1, _("\
16179 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16180 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16181 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
16182 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
16183 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
16184 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
16185 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
16186 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
16187 be set to \"gdb\""),
16188 &set_condition_evaluation_mode,
16189 &show_condition_evaluation_mode,
16190 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16191 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16192
16193 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint, break_range_command, _("\
16194 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
16195 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
16196 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
16197 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
16198 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
16199 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
16200 or the start of the range\n\
16201 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
16202 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
16203 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
16204 \n\
16205 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
16206 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
16207 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
16208
16209 c = add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint, dprintf_command, _("\
16210 Set a dynamic printf at specified line or function.\n\
16211 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
16212 location may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16213 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
16214 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
16215 "));
16216 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16217
16218 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support,
16219 dprintf_style_enums, &dprintf_style, _("\
16220 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16221 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16222 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
16223 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
16224 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
16225 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
16226 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
16227 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
16228 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16229 &setlist, &showlist);
16230
16231 dprintf_function = xstrdup ("printf");
16232 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support,
16233 &dprintf_function, _("\
16234 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16235 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL,
16236 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16237 &setlist, &showlist);
16238
16239 dprintf_channel = xstrdup ("");
16240 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support,
16241 &dprintf_channel, _("\
16242 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16243 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL,
16244 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16245 &setlist, &showlist);
16246
16247 automatic_hardware_breakpoints = 1;
16248
16249 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed);
16250 }
This page took 0.518746 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.